BIM Execution Plan (PDFDrive)

BIM
Execution Plan
Orlando International Airport

South Terminal C Phase 1 (Airside)
Orlando, Florida
Revision 1.1
STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Modified October 2017

Table of Contents
Sub-
Title Page
Section Sec
1.0 Cover Sheet 1
1.1 Table of Contents 2
1.2 Document Revision History 3
2.0 BIM Execution Plan Overview 4
2.1 Project Information 6
2.2 Project Contacts 7
3.0 BIM Strategies, Goals and Objectives 8
3.1 BIM Strategies 9
3.2 BIM Goals 10
3.3 BIM Objectives by Phase 10
3.4 BIM Processes 12
4.0 BIM Project Requirements 13
4.1 Software Requirements 13
4.2 BIM Authoring Requirements 14
4.3 Collaboration Requirements 17
4.4 Technical Support & Hardware 24
4.5 Technical Communications 24
5.0 BIM Scope of Work 25
5.1 Design Team: Scope of Work (SOW) 25
SOW Description, Staff, Quality, Deliverables, Schedule 25
5.2 Hensel Phelps: Scope of Work (SOW) 27
5.3 Trades: Scope of Work (SOW) 34
Attachments Description
Attachment 1 Hensel Phelps BIM Process Maps
Attachment 2 BIMForum LOD Specification 2016
Attachment 3 LOD Spec Model Content Spreadsheet
Attachment 4 Subcontractor BIM QAQC Plan Template
Attachment 5 Glossary of BIM Terms
STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 2 of 40 Modified October 2017

1.2 Document Revision History
Revision Date Section Change Summary

1.0-1.02 2017-05-24 -- Draft
1.03 2017-07-27 -- Original Document
1.1 Added revision summary table.
2.0 Replaced BIMxP overview.
2.1.7 Revised dates for Project Schedule – Major Milestones
4.1 Added clarification that native files in Autodesk formats
may be in 2016 format only.
4.2.5 Added section for alternate requirement for modeling
fireproofing as part of steel construction model.
4.3.5 Added correct project base point.
4.3.6 Updated project survey point graphic.
4.3.7 Corrected GMP numbering.
1.1 2017-10-12
5.3.2 Added subcontractor QA/QC form completion as a
condition of payment with respect to BIM in pay
application schedule of values.
5.3.4 Added in-person coordination meeting requirement.
5.3.5 Added requirement for subcontractor attendance for
monthly field walks, to begin at Hensel Phelps’
discretion.
5.3.8 Added provision regarding asset tracking under BIM
Quality. States that subcontractor is to track all FM data
for scope they installed regardless of its classification in
the Asset Classification table.
Att. 3 Added line items to Attachment 3 – Attributes tab for 6D
Facilities Management attribute tracking requirements.

Back to TOC
Section 2.0 BIM Execution Plan Overview
Executive Summary
Building Information Modeling (BIM) is a process utilized by the entire project team to
collaborate and communicate using a three-dimensional building model environment.
Participation is a requirement per the project BIM Execution Plan (BIMxP), which dictates all
subcontractor BIM scope. Key points include:
• The BIM Execution Plan is a contractual requirement, along with the BIM Addendum,
for all subcontracts.
• Participation in the collaborative process is mandatory. Coordination takes place in
advance of construction such as to resolve conflicts between trades.
• The process involves both ensuring that work is put in place correctly in the field and
that the as-built data from the field is translated back into the record model.
• Adequate hardware/software and capabilities are required (2016 format only).
By utilizing BIM, potential rework costs and schedule delays are greatly reduced and quality is
greatly increased overall. Our team utilizes this 3D capability as a powerful tool to detect issues
in the model well in advance of construction and for enhanced communication in the field.
BIM Execution Plan Highlights
Note the following important key elements of the BIM Execution Plan:
• Resources – An appropriate number of full-time dedicated personnel (1 to 3

depending on scope) are required as a resource to the project to complete
drafting/modeling, coordination, and maintenance of as-built information for record
models in accordance with the project schedule.
• Duration – The BIM process does not stop after the coordination process. Staff must
be available to account for changes to the contract documents and periodic as-built
updates to the model.
• Quality – The project requires a high standard with respect to model content quality.
The BIM Execution Plan contains several attachments detailing what is required
• Potential Changes – All change order scope for BIM is included in the base
contract. No additional costs for BIM coordination will be allowed to be added to
change order pricing.
• Schedule – Timeliness of deliverables is imperative to the success of the project.
Milestones set forth in the BIMxP and CPM schedule must be met in order to avoid
construction delays.
• On-site participation is required by subcontractor field staff in coordination
meetings as well as gathering accurate as-built information.
• As-Built information is to be gathered and submitted on an ongoing basis to be
incorporated into the project’s record model (2D and 3D).

Back to TOC
• Facilities Data is required to be “embedded” into the final model. This means data
such as warranty start date for equipment, manufacturer, serial number, location,
and other fields that will be used by the Owner for building operation and
maintenance purposes. This process is ongoing throughout the project.
Third-Party Resources
For subcontractors who do not have “in-house” capability for three-dimensional

drafting/modeling, outsourcing from a qualified third-party may be a suitable option. If you are
planning to utilize a third-party to meet the BIMxP requirements, it is imperative this plan and all
relevant contract documents are incorporated into any third-party agreement. Hensel Phelps will
involve both this subcontractor and their sub-consultant in the BIM process, but fulfilling the
requirements of the subcontract and this document will be the responsibility of this
subcontractor.

Back to TOC
2.1: BIM Project Information
1. Project Name: Orlando International Airport South Terminal C Phase 1 (Airside)
2. Project Address: 11128 Canal Road, Orlando, FL 32824

3. Contract Type/Delivery Method: Construction Manager-at-Risk
4. Brief Project Description: The scope of work for this project will include, but not be
limited to, the construction of Phase 1 of the new South Terminal complex to be
completed adjacent to the completed South Airport APM complex. This includes the
airside terminal, ground services equipment, connecting airfield paving, sitework and
utilities.
5. General Contractor Project Number: 8017158
6. BIMXP Author: Justin Gray c/o Maurice Clarke, VDC Manager
7. Project Schedule – Major Milestones:

Dates in the table below are estimated dates derived from the Critical Path Management (CPM)
Schedule by Hensel Phelps. In the event of any discrepancies the CPM Schedule dates shall
supersede the information in this table.
Project Phase / Estimated Est. Completion Stakeholders Involved

Date
Milestone Start Date
Notice to Proceed June, 2017 June, 2017 All BIM Stakeholders
A/E BIM Kickoff October, 2017 October, 2017 HP, A/E

Meeting
100% CDs Complete November, 2017 November, 2017 HP, A/E

(Building)
Permit Issued October, 2017 December, 2017 HP
Const BIM Kickoff Mtg December, 2017 [TBD] Elec, UG Utilities
Const BIM Coord Start February, 2018 [TBD] Elec, UG Utilities
Const BIM Kickoff Mtg March, 2018 [TBD] Airside Concourse Trades
Const BIM Coord Start March, 2018 [TBD] Airside Concourse Trades
Const BIM Coord [TBD] [TBD] All

Complete
GC Site Mobilization May, 2018 [TBD] All BIM Stakeholders
GC Construction December, 2020 All

Complete

Back to TOC
Hand Over to [TBD] February, 2021 [Confirm]
Operations
2.2: Project Contacts

Project Contacts in this BIMxP shall be updated as required by the VDC Engineer. At the
discretion of the VDC Engineer the tables in this document may be replaced by referencing a
developed set Microsoft Outlook Email Distribution Lists or other contact management software.
*Primary BIM Point of Contact for that specific team.
Name Email Address Role Work Phone
General Contractor: Hensel Phelps
Matthew Krstolic mkrstolic@henselphelps.com Project Manager [TBD]
Brett Smith bsmith@henselphelps.com Project Manager [TBD]
John Baumeister jbaumeister@henselphelps.com Project Manager [TBD]
Patrick Brackman pbrackman@henselphelps.com Project Superintendent [TBD]
Heath Williams hwilliams@henselphelps.com Project Superintendent [TBD]
Maurice Clarke mhclarke@henselphelps.com VDC Manager 407-856-2400
Justin Gray jgray@henselphelps.com *VDC Engineer 407-825-1658

Architect of Record: HNTB
Jordan Roos roos@fentressarchitects.com *Prime Architect 303-698-7274
Ryan Borszich rborszich@hntb.com Architect of Record 303-818-9606
David Salley dsalley@bakerbarrios.com Associate
Civil Engineer (Airside): Kimley-Horn
Rachel Radtke Rachel.Radtke@kimley-horn.com Civil Engineer 407-427-1691
Structural Engineer: C&S Group
Eric Wing ewing@cscos.com Structural Engineer 315-455-2000
Mechanical & Plumbing Engineer: Syska Hennessy Group
Mike Ortega mortega@syska.com
Miguel Valencia mvalencia@syska.com
Electrical Engineer: Matern
Craig Turner cturner@matern.net 407-740-5020
GSE Engineer: TY Lin International
James Augustin James.augustin@tylin.com 305-341-7215
Technology Engineer: Burns Group
Lisa Drago ldrago@burns-group.com 215-979-7700

Back to TOC
Mechanical Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Electrical Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Plumbing Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Fire Protection Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Low Voltage Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Horizontal/Vertical Transportation Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Structural Steel Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Civil UG Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]
Other Trades: [Subcontractor Name]

OAR: Geotech Consultants International
Ross Spence Ross.Spence@aecom.com BIM Manager
407-825-4159
(AECOM)
[TBD] [TBD] [TBD] [TBD]

Back to TOC
Section 3.0 BIM Strategies, Goals and Objectives
This section is organized first by overall BIM Strategies, then by project specific BIM Goals, and
then by project specific BIM Objectives that are divided by project phase. See attachments for
Glossary of BIM terms.
3.1: BIM Strategies

1. Contract Related Strategies for BIM:
1. Confirm Prime Contract and Subcontracts properly reference the BIMxP to establish
appropriate accountability.
2. Prepare Bid Packages that accurately convey the work scope requirements within
BIMxP.
3. Establish BIM-related line items in the monthly Pay Application and Job Information
Policy (JIP) Brochure to ensure that BIMxP requirements are accurately paid based
on the actual percentage of completion.
4. Trades’ final retainage shall not be released until full trade scope of work including
accurate as-built models and facilities management data has been completed and
approved.
5. Clearly communicate BIMxP requirements to prospective trades prior to bid.
2. Strategies for BIM:

1. To compile a complete BIM scope from all BIM stakeholders that accurately
represents the project scope to the proper Level of Development.
2. For all necessary BIM stakeholders to author a complete BIM model and derive their
2D record documents from that BIM.
3. For all necessary BIM stakeholders to utilize the BIM for quick and accurate 3D
modeling changes and updates that automatically update the 2D record documents.
4. To provide a BIM centralized model element and non-graphical information platform
that allows proper execution of 3D, 4D, 5D, 6D and other BIM Goals.
3. Strategies where BIM shall assist the Construction Team:

1. Create presentations to assist in visual communications for construction team
meetings.
2. Produce images and information to improve RFI communication and resolution.
3. Visually communicate schedule sequence concepts.
4. Assist in compiling and updating point data for field layout and BIM field validation
initiatives.
5. To provide a centralized BIM element and non-graphical information platform that
allows proper execution of 3D, 4D, 5D, 6D and other BIM Goals that assist the
construction team.

Back to TOC
3.2: BIM Goals
1. BIM Project Goals:
The project goals in this table relate to the overall life cycle processes.
Priority Goal Description BIM Software

High 3D - Design Team-Authoring Models See Section 4.1
High 3D – Trade-Authoring Models See Section 4.1
Medium 3D – Site Utilization Model See Section 4.1
High 3D – Model Coordination See Section 4.1
4D – Model Simulations displaying CPM schedule
Medium See Section 4.1
milestones
5D – Model Used as Reference for Generating GMP Cost
Medium See Section 4.1
Estimate
High 6D – Non-Graphical Information (COBie) See Section 4.1
3 . 3 : B I M O b j e c t i ve s b y P h a s e
The project objectives in the table below are by the Design Team during the Preliminary Design
(PD) and Schematic Design (SD) Phase.
PD and SD Project Objectives for BIM

BIM Team Member BIM Process Included in Proposal?
Building Analytics
Design Team See A/E BIMxP. See A/E BIMxP.
HP 3D-Existing Conditions Survey Not in HP BIM Scope.
Design Team / HP 4D-Phase Planning See A/E BIMxP.
The project objectives in the table below are performed during the Design Development (DD)
through Construction Documents (CD) to the Permit Phase.
DD and CD Project Objectives for BIM

Building Information
Design Team See Design Team BIMxP Not in HP BIM Scope.
Architect / HP 4D-Phase Planning Not in HP BIM Scope.
HP 3D-Model Coordination Not in HP BIM Scope.
Design Team 6D-Non-Graphical Information See A/E BIMxP.

Back to TOC
The project objectives in the table below are performed during the Construction phase of a
project.
Construction Projective Objectives for BIM

Building Assembly
All Trades 3D-Authoring Model Not in HP BIM Scope.
All Trades 3D-Model Coordination Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
All Trades 3D Model Sign-off Documents Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
All Trades 3D-Field Validation Not in HP BIM Scope.
All Trades 3D-Record Model Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
HP 3D-Model Coordination Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
HP 4D-Model Simulations displaying CPM Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
schedule milestones
All Trades 6D-Non-Graphical Information Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
HP Document Control Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
Schedule
HP 5D-Model Simulations displaying CPM
schedule milestones with a Cost Not in HP BIM Scope.
Estimate
*BA = BIM Assist – Items with asterisk are 2D or 2D/3D Items are not BIM element items, but they assist
in achieving the BIMxP objectives. These objectives also have the potential to become 3D model element
based objectives with appropriate update to BIMxP scope of work.
The project objectives in the table below are performed at the end of the construction phase,
after the as-built processes are complete. Record Models are the hand over deliverable to the
project Owner.
Record Model Project Objectives for BIM

Building Operations
All Trades 3D–Record Model Yes. In HP BIM Scope.
All Trades 6D–Non-graphical Information Yes. In HP BIM Scope.

Back to TOC
3.4: BIM Processes
This section is organized by high level concepts, then medium level processes, and detailed
procedures. First, the 6-Step Plan of Work which is an overall BIM roadmap that describes
high level BIM Strategies. Second, the Level 1: BIM Process Diagram are a graphical work
flow diagram used to depict the BIM scope of work throughout the project life cycle.
a. See Attachment 1: Level 1: BIM Process Maps
Legal Department Notification:

With regard to Trade Secret rights and responsibilities, all other detailed BIM documentation is
considered confidential information that shall be appropriately managed by Hensel Phelps.
Including, but not limited to: Level 2: BIM Procedure Diagram, BIM Training Documents, BIM
Task Lists and BIM Schedule.
1. Conceptual Roadmap: 6-Step Plan of Work

Hensel Phelps has developed the 6-Step Plan of Work to describe the overall BIM Strategies
of a project. This set of documents has a scope that goes beyond the BIM Goals covered within
this document. For example, the BIMxP is one part of the external facing documents within the
6-Step Plan of Work. The attached roadmap is only included as a communication tool to give
BIM team members a high level overview of the BIM project life cycle strategies.
COORDINATE
Use a virtual model to
ANALYZE quickly and accurately MAINTAIN
Leverage virtual design identify potential Virtual models and their
data and industry coordination issues. associated
experience to provide Leverage model to documentation aid
accurate information for resolve issues before facility managers in their
decision making. Utilize they get to the field. daily maintenance tasks.
the most effective Validate accuracy of Visualization and quick
modeling methods to field installations using access to model data
visualize potential the model as a virtual makes planning work
solutions for the team. guide. faster and more efficient.
DEVELOP
Utilize discoveries in the COMMISSION
virtual model to prototype The virtual model is used
new innovations. Value PLAN to help the construction
DISCOVER engineer solutions using team consolidate
Develop the tactical EXECUTE VALIDATE OPTIMIZE
Explore your questions STRATEGIZE both traditional and virtual approach to reaching Focus on construction
equipment commissioning
QUALIFY and find answers to fill Confirm your vision, and methods. Continuously your virtual design goals. After installation the virtual records. Models allow The record model,
related tasks while configured properly, can
Investigate the align our technical improve the value of our Utilize the model as a model becomes an asset team to visually track the
information gaps. Help maintaining a safe work
modeling capabliities construction methds by in confirming that field status of the be used to analyze and
find virtual solutions to resources to the planning tool to support environment. With
of the team. leveraging technology. construction activities. work is accurate. commissioning process. monitor various
meet your specific destination. Create an pre-planning logistics
Determine best virtual Integrate virtual Variations are corrected in equipment performance.
needs. approach that maintains done, technology now
design approach. modeling techniques the field, or updated in the Teams employ both
the mission objectives. becomes a tool to track,
Establish contingency with traditional lean record model. Validated traditional and virtual
Work collaboratively on problem solve, and keep
plans to maintain construction methods to record models become a modeling methods to
course corrections to work flowing smoothly.
team speed and achieve client virtual asset for future assure projects operate
maintain the integrity of
model quality. objectives. planning. at maximum efficiency.
the vision.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

VDC Pre-Qualifying VDC Pre-Planning VDC Pre-Construction VDC Coordination VDC Record Model VDC Services Model
Programming Design (SD) Design (DD, CD) Construction Handover Closeout

Back to TOC
Section 4.0 BIM Project Requirements
The intent of this section is to define all BIM General Requirements as they relate to the
distribution, organization and format of all BIM final deliverables. This section shall only relate to
the BIM stakeholders that are under the Hensel Phelps contract.
4 . 1 : S o f tw a r e R e q u i r e m e n t s
BIM Team participants are required to work in the following software. Any deviation or lack of
ability to comply shall be given in to Hensel Phelps in writing. All Autodesk software shall be in
2016 format. Files produced in Autodesk 2017 format or newer will not be accepted.
Document Control Software:

BIM Process Discipline Software Version
Document Control
All Prolog Latest
(Final documents only)
Document Control
HP, Subs TBD TBD
(Commissioning)
Doc Control
All Prolog, BIM 360 Glue Latest
(All 3D model files)
Doc Control (Native
All Prolog Latest
Design Models)
Bluebeam Studio Bluebeam Studio is in
HP, Subs TBD Latest
(All 2D PDF) both Vu or Revu
Authoring and Collaboration Software:

BIM Process Discipline Software Version
Design
3D Authoring Models Architect Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Structural Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Mechanical Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Plumbing Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Electrical Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Technology Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Special Equipment Revit 2016
3D Authoring Models Sitework & Utilities AutoCAD Civil 3D 2016
3D Model Coordination All BIM 360 Glue Latest
Construction
Mechanical and
3D Authoring Models TBD TBD
Plumbing
3D Authoring Models Electrical TBD TBD
3D Authoring Models Structural Steel TBD TBD
3D Authoring Models Fire Protection TBD TBD
Navisworks Freedom & BIM 360
3D Viewing Only All 2016
Glue

Back to TOC
3D Model Navisworks Manage, iConstruct &
HP, Subs 2016
Coordination BIM 360 Glue
Navisworks Manage, AutoCAD,
3D Field Validation HP, Subs 2016
Point Layout, Trimble Field Points
3D Model As-Built HP, Subs Point Layout, Trimble 2016
Field Points
3D Record Model HP, Subs Point Layout, Trimble 2016
Field Points
4D Simulation HP Synchro, P6 2016
5D Sim plus Cost N/A N/A --
Point Coordinates All Point Layout 2016
6D Facilities
All Microsoft Excel / TBD 2016
Management
4 . 2 : B I M Au t h o r i n g F i l e R e q u i r e m e n t s
1. BIM Standards
All parties shall comply with the following BIM and CAD standards. For companies who have
their own internal CAD Standards or BIM Standards, at minimum a document (or narrative in the
QAQC Plan) explaining the standards is required to communicate to GOAA how the 3D
Authoring Models are organized. Any deviations from said standards shall be submitted in
writing and agreed upon by all parties.
Standard Version BIM Uses

National BIM Standard (NBIMS) 3.0 Authoring
National CAD Standard
(as reference within the NBIMS – v3.0) NBIMS 3.0 Authoring
AIA Layer Naming Convention Authoring and Exporting to 3D
(as reference within the NBIMS – v3.0) 2008 CAD from Authoring software
Level of Development Specification Authoring Model Elements and
https://bimforum.org/lod/ 2016 Non-graphical information
International Facility Management Association Latest COBie data for FM model
(IFMA)
2. Level of Development (LOD) Requirements

Trade BIM Team participants performing this type of work shall comply with these requirements.
Any deviation or lack of ability to comply shall be given in to Hensel Phelps in writing.

Back to TOC
3D Authoring Models – Level of Development (LOD):
For the model elements below are the minimum recommended, ALL LOD designations below
are specifically be reviewed against the appropriate section in the Level of Development
Specification.
3D Model Final Issue for Field Record

BIM Team Member Coordination Fabrication Model
Validation
All Trades LOD 350 LOD 350 LOD 400 LOD 500
Modeling Size Thresholds:

All underground objects shall be modeled at 100% per LOD Requirements above. Only for
above First Floor T.O. Slab: All individual flexible lines including 3/4” diameter or less shall be
generally excluded from the 3D models. (i.e.- Cables, Chords or other). However, runs of
multiple lines (i.e. (2) or more 3/4” lines) shall be modeled at 100%. All other hard lines (i.e.
Cable Trays, Conduits, Hangers or other) are assumed to be 100% modeled. No other 3D
modeling exclusions shall be allowed except by written exceptions to the LOD Spec attachment,
those exceptions must be reviewed and approved by Construction Team and/or Owner
Representative.
Trades that have modeled their scope to the highest level of detail shall take routing priority over
trades that have provided less detail. Should conflicts arise in the field due to lack of detail, the
responsible trade shall make accommodations for the other trade at no cost.
Points of Connection and Internal Model Components:

All Points of Connection shall be modeled. This includes any points of connection that are not at
the exterior surface of a model. With the exception of Points of Connection, all 3D Models shall
not be required to have internal model components. The concept that best explains this
requirement is “shrinkwrapping” a 3D model, then deleting the internal components. Complex
fabrication models (i.e. from Solidworks, Inventor, or similar mfrg. Software) may have both
external shell and internal components. The LOD400 expectation is to only have the external
shell model, while the internal components are deleted. The only exception to the no internal
components is providing Points of Connection objects, these should be accurately represented
at the proper location (either external or internal) so all routing can terminate in the correct X, Y,
and Z location in the model. The goal of this section is to cut down on model file size while
keeping the proper LOD requirements.
Modeling Work Scope Exceptions:

Any Exceptions, Deviations or Clarifications to the Level of Development 2016 Specifications by
individual BIM Team members shall be provided in writing to Hensel Phelps. Excel
spreadsheets or a PDFs are acceptable formats. 6D Non-graphical information, and any other
non-graphical information shall be fully described in a separate spreadsheet or database. These
documents shall be reviewed, approved and signed off by HP and the OAR.

Back to TOC
3. Model Accuracy & Tolerances
3D Authoring Model Tolerance – Trade Models:
Model Scope Tolerance

Structural Grids, Linear Dimensions of Critical Building Spaces, Critical Equipment +/- 0’-0”
Centerlines, Grids to Edge of Slab Dimensions and other high priority dimensions.
Non-Critical Items, Inferred Dimensions, Clearances and other low priority dimensions +/- 1/8”
Model to Field Installation Construction Tolerances - Trades:

All Trades shall have adequate surveying and layout equipment and the trained staff necessary
to facilitate highly accurate field layout and field installation. Trade field installation shall be
based on the fully coordinated 3D model and the 2D shop drawings shall be directly derived
from those models. See the following table for the minimum Construction Tolerances:
Model Scope Construction

Tolerance
Critical System or Equipment Centerlines, Critical Dimensions to Structural Grids, Tight +/- 1/4”
Spaces with many Trades needing similar space, and other high priority dimensions.
See Priority Systems list next section.
Non-Critical Critical System or Equipment, more open spaces with few Trades needing +/- 1/2”
similar space, and other low priority dimensions. See Priority Systems list next section.
Underground Utilities +/- 2”
Illustration:
Runs of Multiple Lines: For multiple lines, pipes or objects in a row with standard on center
spacing between several objects; a zero tolerance for the on-center spacing shall be used and
only (1) construction tolerance at each end of the row shall be allowed. (Example: (10) ½”
Stainless Steel lines at 2” O.C. would be allowed +/- 1/2” at each end.)

Back to TOC
4. Types of 3D Model Zones:
The types of zones 3D Models should include, but is not limited to: access zones, clearance
zones, no-fly zones, and any other critical code, constructability, or maintenance requirements.
In the LOD Specification it is noted that 3D Model content depicting zone requirements shall be
modeling. The 3D Model zone objects are typically a LOD100 basic shape (i.e. – a cube,
sphere, or tube) that have accurate X, Y and Z dimensions to depict a type of zone. Note this is
in addition to the 3D Model Element or object content that represents the final installed product.
All BIM Team stakeholders are responsible for determining what the critical types of zones that
shall be placed in their own 3D model to assist HP and the Owner in 3D Model Coordination.
Any Exceptions, Deviations or Clarifications to the Level of Development 2014 specifications by
individual BIM Team members shall be provided as a PDF mark-up within the LOD Specification
attachment.
5. Alternate for Fireproofing Model:

The structural steel subcontractor shall provide pricing as an add alternate for including
fireproofing as part of the structural steel trade model. Fireproofing shall be shown as a no-fly
zone of required thickness around steel members in order to account for areas where systems
may clash should fireproofing thicknesses not be accounted for. This shall include all beams,
columns, and metal decking that requires fireproofing.
4.3: Collaboration Requirements

1. System Priority Lists for 3D Model Coordination
The 2 tables below will set the precedence for how clash issues are typically decided during a
3D Model Coordination meeting. These table can be thought of as the same “rules of thumb”
that would be applied to coordinate installation of systems in the field.
Underground Utility Priority List:

Priority Scope Notes
1 Piles / Pile Caps
2 Ground Service Equipment (GSE) Utilities 400 Hz / Preconditioned Air under
building footprint
3 Gravity Lines Space consideration due to
continuous slope needs
4 Ductbanks (Electrical / Telecom) Customized and Prefabricated with
limited flexibility. Code Required
clearance considerations
5 Vaults, Inlets or Manholes Specific Locations due to T.O.
elevations and site spatial location
requirements.
6 Hard Pipe / Duct – Including 1” Diameter and Space consideration; includes all
larger boxes

Back to TOC
Buildings Priority List:
Priority Scope Notes
1 Piles/Pile Caps
2 Baggage Handling Systems Right-of-Way On Ramp Level
3 Ground Service Equipment (GSE) Utilities 400 Hz / Preconditioned Air under
building footprint
4 Gravity Lines Space consideration due to
continuous slope needs
5 Bus Duct (Electrical) Customized and Prefabricated with
limited flexibility. Code Required
Clearance considerations
6 Mechanical Duct Mains Limited number of bends & space
restriction
7 Hard Pipe / Duct – Including 1” Diameter and Space consideration; includes all
larger boxes
8 Electrical Wire Way
6. Project Coordinates:
Project Coordinates are the X (Eastings), Y (Northings) and Z (Elevations) coordinates used for
proper 3D modeling alignment. The primary source for project coordinates shall be the HP
Primary Control Drawing, the secondary source shall be the Structural Grid File in
AutoCAD, and these files shall be quality controlled to match the Civil Engineer and Surveyor
files for the project. These will form the basis for all Revit or other software coordinate systems.
Both files shall be posted and distributed to all BIM stakeholders. Any required updates to the
project coordinate system shall be documented in these files and those updates shall be re-
distributed to all BIM stakeholders.
HP Primary Control Drawing: The site coordinate system shall be based on the HP Primary
Control Drawing survey file in AutoCAD. All points in this file shall include X (Eastings), Y
(Northings) and Z (Elevations) coordinates for proper 3D modeling alignment. (Specifically, shall
not be set up in Revit without prior approval). The units for this file shall be Surveyor Units =
Decimal Feet, and Angle= Decimal Degrees. Unit Precision shall be set to .0001, as a minimum
for all unit types. True North shall be up at 90 degrees, and Project North shall be skewed as
appropriate and shall be verified to an accuracy of no less than .0001 degrees prior to
distribution to team members. Additional quality control for the HP Primary Control Drawing
shall include, but not be limited to: validated against the Civil Engineering files for the project,
validated against a Surveyor file for the project, and field checking of site monuments shown in
the drawing.

Back to TOC
Structural Grid File in AutoCAD:
The structural grid file in AutoCAD shall be based on the exact same coordinate system as the
HP Primary Control Drawing. (i.e. match project Civil Files, and Surveyor files). The units for
this file shall be Surveyor Units = Decimal Feet, and Angle= Decimal Degrees. Unit Precision
shall be set to .0001, as a minimum for all unit types. True North shall be up at 90 degrees, and
Project North shall be skewed as appropriate and shall be verified to an accuracy of no less
than .0001 decimal degrees prior to distribution to team members.
The Structural Grid File in AutoCAD shall have a minimum of (2) intersection structural grid
lines, preferably the SW corner of the building. Having all structural grid lines is highly
encouraged. Additional quality control for the Structural Grid File in AutoCAD shall include,
but not be limited to: validated against the Civil Engineering files for the project, validated
against a Surveyor file for the project, and field checking of site monuments shown in the
drawing.
Project Coordinates in Revit (or any other non-AutoCAD software):

All Revit (or other) files shall match the HP Primary Control Drawing as the primary source for
project coordinates. Project Base Point minimum requirements: location shall be at the SW
Corner Structural Grid intersection. The angle to True North, angle to Project North and X, Y,
and Z coordinates used for the Project Base Point shall match the Structural Grid in AutoCAD. A
shared coordinate system shall be set up, such that Revit exports for AutoCAD, Navisworks,
VEO or other software align at the proper coordinate system location.
Project Coordinates
Description Coordinates
Benchmark = TBD
Project Base Point
Easting(X) 555303.0039’, Northing (Y) 1482502.1908’, Elev.(Z) 0.000’
Project Survey Point
Easting(X) 556886.6871’, Northing(Y) 1482590.8695’, Elev.(Z) 0.000’
(Footprint of Existing
APM Station)
Project North Angle to
0.3863 degrees West of True North
True North
Coordinate System FL83-EF
Validation File(s) See Civil Engineering Drawings.

Back to TOC
Project Survey Point Illustration (Below):
18L – 36R
Project North Alignment
APM Station Reference Point

FL83-EF (Florida State Plane East)
ASC Reference Point
E: 556886.6871’, N: 1482590.8695’
FL83-EF (Florida State Plane East)
E: 555303.0039’, N: 1482502.1908’
7. Model File Naming:

3D Model Coordination Files will be assembled in Navisworks Manage from the both Design
and Trade 3D Authoring Model Files and shall be conform the following file naming convention
below. Any deviation from this file naming convention shall be requested in writing to Hensel
Phelps and all BIM team participants shall approve any changes to this file naming convention.
The naming convention of the models will contain the following information for identification,
organization/sorting, and model building. These values for the information below need to be
separated by underscores.

Back to TOC
Project Identifier
Building/Area
Model Type
Company
Discipline
Level
WS112_STC _ XXX _ XX _ XX _ XXXX - XX
Project Identifier: Either consists of project number or Project acronym.

For instance, design models (DM) will use “WS109_STC, WS110_STC, and
WS113_STC” and construction models (CM) will use “WS112_STC“. The Federated
model will contain both “CM” and “DM” content.
Building/Area: Three letter abbreviation designating building or area the model represents.
For instance, the main airside concourse building will be “_ASC”, Central Energy Plant (if
applicable) will be “_CEP”, “_AFC” will be Airfield Civil and the Ground Support Equipment
will be “_GSE”.
Level: Two digit/letter modifier to distinguish the Level in the building the model represents.
Underground will be referred to as “_00” with above ground as the level number with a
suppressing zero in front.
For instance, underground will be designated “_00”, Level 1 will be “_01”, Level 2 will be
“_02”, and so forth.
Discipline: Two letter abbreviation identifying the discipline(s) captured in the model.
For instance, Architectural will be “_A”, Plumbing lines will be “_P”, Electrical conduits will
be “_E”, HVAC ductwork will be “_M”, and so forth.
Improperly named files shall be re-posted as required by the HP BIM Facilitator to maintain this
file naming convention.
Discipline Abbreviations
Abbreviation Discipline / Trade Abbreviation Discipline / Trade
A Architectural FA Fire Alarm
S Structural Design Model LTG Lighting (If Separated)
F Piles & Foundations T Technology (Voice/Data)
SS Structural Steel (Include AESS) AV Audio/Visual, Paging
PC Precast Concrete SEC Security
CP Cast-in-Place Concrete PBB Passenger Boarding Bridges

Back to TOC
MM Miscellaneous Metals I Interiors
M Mechanical LP Lightning Protection (Design)
MP Hydronic Piping (If Separated) PCA Pre-Conditioned Air Systems
P Plumbing FG Finish Grade Surface
E Electrical WTR Water Line (Civil)
FP Fire Protection SAN Sanitary Sewer (Civil)
CW Curtainwall STM Storm Lines (Civil)
TR Horizontal or Vertical Transportation JFL Jet Fuel Lines
G Signage GL Natural Gas Lines
FFE Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment AP Airfield Paving / Aircraft Parking
BH Baggage Handling System
8. Concourse Area Breakdown

GMP Description
2S Early Sitework
2S1 Airfield Civil Site Utilities
6S Deep Foundations, Pile Caps &

Deep Utilities
6S1 Structural Steel & Building

Systems
6S2 Building Envelope/Enclosure
6S3 Early Interior Construction
6S4 Interior Finishes & FF&E
10S Apron Pavement, Airfield &

Secure Road
11S Fueling System
15S GSE Fuel Island & ASS
16S CMAR General Conditions

Back to TOC
9. Coordination Deliverables
The below matrix describes shop drawing deliverables to be complete four (4) weeks prior to
deck placements and six (6) weeks prior to MEPF installation. Further detail of specific
levels and other deliverables can be found as part of the master CPM schedule.
Coordination Deliverables by Area

Area Penetrations Coordination Area Penetrations Coordination
AFC Sitework
N/A ASC N3
& Utilities
ASC H1 ASC N4
ASC H2 ASC N5
ASC H3 ASC W1
ASC N1 ASC W2
ASC N2 ASC W3
10. File Folders and File Naming:

As the project develops both the Design and Construction BIM team members shall comply to
all Owner and HP file management and document control requirements. All information and
updates regarding this topic shall be communicated to the BIM Team members by the BIM
Facilitator during regular BIM Coordination meetings.
11. Hardware Requirements for BIM Field Validation:

BIM Team participants are required to have their own company supply the necessary field
equipment, hardware, accessories, and connectors needed to perform all office related job
tasks pertaining to BIM Field Validation. (Example: Trimble Robotic Total Station and data
collectors) Operators of field equipment shall attend the proper HP Safety training for the project
prior to working in the field. All field equipment and personnel shall meet the HP Safety
requirements for the project. Surveying Equipment, Data Collectors, and all other BIM Field
Validation hardware shall be compatible with the BIM Software requirements for the project for
proper data transfer and exchange. All aspects of field operations, hardware and software
should be addressed in the following template:
12. Exceptions
No exceptions are noted on execution of this document. Subsequent exceptions may be
requested as needed and must be approved by all parties. Exceptions granted shall be
appended to this subsection and the revised BIMxP shall be distributed to all participants.

Back to TOC
4 . 4 : Te c h n i c a l S u p p o r t & H a r dw a r e
1. Service Packs and Objects Enablers:
BIM Team participants are required to continually keep their BIM software updated with the
latest Service Packs, fixes or builds. All BIM Team participants shall be responsible for obtaining
the required and correct Object Enablers for their BIM Software. Those same Object Enablers
shall be provided to Hensel Phelps for posting and distribution to all other BIM Team members.
News of any new Service Packs or Object Enablers should be communicated to other BIM team
members as soon as it is discovered.
2. Technical Support and Troubleshooting:

BIM Team participants are required to have their own technical support advisors. These are
typically the BIM software vendor technical support staff. Troubleshooting software related
issues shall be the responsibility of the individual BIM team member. Should a BIM team
member need advice on obtaining and contacting technical support resources, discuss the issue
with HP BIM Facilitator.
3. Hardware Requirements for BIM Software:

BIM Team participants are required to have their own IT Department Resources supply the
necessary hardware, accessories, and connectors needed to perform all office related job tasks.
Regarding Hardware Recommendations: These recommendations vary as technology moves
forward. Research to find a best option / price point for a high end BIM Software rated
computer. Some rules of thumb: If a system is set up to perform well for Revit users of very
large projects, it will typically handle all other BIM software well.
See www.Autodesk.com: Search for Certified Hardware. Find Certified Software dialogue:
http://usa.autodesk.com/adsk/servlet/syscert?siteID=123112&id=18844534
Consult your IT department for other Hardware Recommendations.
4 . 5 : Te c h n i c a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
1. Communication of BIM related Items:
BIM Team participants are required to have Navisworks Manage to allow them to both Export
and Import a Saved Viewpoints (.XML) file. This enables all stakeholders quick and accurate
viewing of a specific 3D model location for review. Saved Viewpoints must be created without
the Clash Results viewing filter not turned on, and be close enough to model objects so the
camera view is unobstructed. (Note: Navisworks Freedom allows only viewing of Saved
Viewpoints, but not the creation of them. Therefore, it is NOT recommended.) In addition, it is
assumed that all team members have a PDF viewing software, such as Bluebeam Revu. These
are general requirements, also see Procedural Requirement attachments for any other detailed
requirements.
2. BIM Internal Team Communications:

It is not required, but highly encouraged to make use of internal team communications software
platforms that all team members own. Some examples include, but are not limited to:
1. Skype for Business
2. GoToMeeting

Back to TOC
Section 5.0 BIM Scope of Work
The intent of this overall section is to outline all BIM Team scope of work. This section shall also
align with all BIM Scope of Work stated in the following references:
• GOAA EDC-42 BIM Implementation Plan
• HNTB BIM Project Execution Plan for this project
Terms and definitions described in this section are intended to be consistent with the CM@R
Agreement in accordance with Section 2.6.3.5 of the Agreement.
5 . 1 : D e s i g n Te a m : M i n . S c o p e o f Wo r k N e e d s
The intent of this sub-section is to communicate to the Design Team (“Consultant”) the
minimums Construction Team needs for successful collaboration with the Design Team BIM
Scope of Work. This information is secondary, to the primary information found in the HNTB
BIMxP. Owner BIM representative, HNTB and Hensel Phelps BIM Teams shall confirm and
coordinate that is information is included both; in the HNTB contract and the HNTB BIMxP.
• Note: (Not in Hensel Phelps Contract.) The contract for design services is held by the
Owner, under Fentress (Prime Design Consultant) and HNTB Corporation (Architect of
Record).
1. Design Team Handover – Minimum Scope of Work Needs:

1. Scope of Work Description: The following items are to be included during the Pre-
Construction BIM Scope of Work, this includes Design Development through final
posting of Construction Documents for Permit:
a. Perform Gross Model Coordination on all Design Models using BIM 360 Glue
collaboration platform (or equivalent).
b. Confirm all custom Model Element attributes are included in 3D Authoring Models (or
equivalent) to meet Owner Requirements.
c. Complete review and signoff of any Contractor-exported AutoCAD (.DWG) material
from Revit files to ensure Contractor has extracted material correctly to include all
incorporated bulletins, RFIs, etc. Required exports for successful construction
coordination shall include, at minimum:
• Master Architectural Site Plan in AutoCAD (.DWG) to be used as a
background in Model Coordination. This shall be an overall campus site plan, in
Decimal Feet (not Arch-Inches), aligned to the Owner coordinates system for use
by Surveying teams. It is not required to fit on any sheets.
• Current overall Structural Grid export (i.e. at appropriate Ground Floor, Finish
Floor Level), in AutoCAD (.DWG) format to be used as a background in Model
Coordination. This shall also be in Decimal Feet (not Arch-Inches), aligned to the
Owner coordinates system for use by Surveying teams. This Structural Grid
(AutoCAD File) shall be positioned in the coordinate system so that it accurately
and correctly aligns to the Master Architectural Site Plan in AutoCAD (.DWG).
STC P1 BIM Execution Plan Page 25 of 40 Modified October 2017

Back to TOC
• Current overall Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plan exports at each Level
in AutoCAD (.DWG) format to be used as background files in Model
Coordination. This shall also be in Decimal Feet (not Arch-Inches). These may
be at Z=0’-0”; so long as they include (2) accurately located Structural Grid lines
that intersect; or aligned to the Owner coordinates system for use by Surveying
teams.
d. Post 100% Construction Documents; 3D Authoring Models and related 2D

Documents; to the OAR’s file sharing platform (i.e. Box.com site).
e. Confirm exact facilities management attributes and items to be tracked for sections
5.2.6 and 5.3.8 (6D Non-Graphical Information) of this document. Provide format for
final contractor deliverable.
2. Construction Administration – Minimum Scope of Work Needs:

1. Scope of Work Description: The minimum Design Team BIM Scope of Work needs for
the construction administration scope; after 100% CD Hand-Over through final 3D
Record Model and 2D Document Hand-over; are as follows:
a. Answer RFIs related to the Construction Team.
b. Update the 2D 100% IFC Construction Document sets by issuing Bulletins.
c. Confirm any 6D Model Element Data updates are included in 3D Authoring Models
(or equivalent) to meet Owner Requirements.
d. Complete review and signoff of any Contractor-exported AutoCAD (.DWG) material
from Revit files to ensure Contractor has extracted material correctly to include all
incorporated bulletins, RFIs, etc. Required exports for successful construction
coordination shall include, at minimum:
• Updated Master Architectural Site Plan in AutoCAD (.DWG) to be used as a
background in Model Coordination. This shall be an overall campus site plan, in
Decimal Feet (not Arch-Inches), aligned to the Owner coordinates system for use
by Surveying teams. It is not required to fit on any sheets.
• Updated current overall Structural Grid export (i.e. at appropriate Ground
Floor, Finish Floor Level), in AutoCAD (.DWG) format to be used as a
background in Model Coordination. This shall also be in Decimal Feet (not Arch-
Inches), aligned to the Owner coordinates system for use by Surveying teams.
This Structural Grid (AutoCAD File) shall be positioned in the coordinate system
so that it accurately and correctly aligns to the Master Architectural Site Plan in
AutoCAD (.DWG).
• Updated overall Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plan exports at each Level
in AutoCAD (.DWG) format to be used as background files in Model
Coordination. This shall also be in Decimal Feet (not Arch-Inches). These may
be at Z=0’-0”; so long as they include (2) accurately located Structural Grid lines
that intersect; or they may be aligned to the Owner coordinates system for use by
Surveying teams.

Back to TOC
e. Post updates to the 3D Design Model and 2D Design Documents content to the
OAR’s file sharing platform (i.e. Box.com site). All updates shall be provided weekly,
or when modifications by RFIs, Bulletins, RFPs, etc. have been incorporated.
5 . 2 : H e n s e l P h e l p s : S c o p e o f Wo r k
The intent of this sub-section is to outline only the Hensel Phelps BIM scope of work. This
section shall also align with all BIM Scope of Work stated in the following references:
• GOAA EDC-42 BIM Implementation Plan
• HNTB BIM Project Execution Plan for this project
Terms and definitions described in this section are intended to be consistent with the CM@R
Agreement in accordance with Section 2.6.3.5 of the Agreement.
1. 3D Authoring Models-BIM Management:

1. Scope of Work Description: BIM Team shall manage the Trades to insure they have an
in-house Quality Control procedures for producing a 100% 3D Model to the Level of
Development specified in this plan. In addition, Hensel Phelps shall review and spot
check the Trades’ 3D models for compliance with the specified Level of Development.
The LOD requirements shall be met in all phases of the 3D Model Coordination.
Including but not limited to: 3D Shop Drawing models for 3D Model Coordination, 3D
Model Coordination Sign-offs, Field Validation of 3D Models, As-built of 3D Shop
Drawing Models, and final 3D Shop Drawing Models for Record Model hand over to
Owner.
BIM Staff Schedule

Primary VDC Engineer [TBD] Full Time
Secondary VDC Engineer [TBD] [TBD]
BIM Quality
3D Authoring models shall be validated against the Civil
1 Engineering drawings, the Surveyor drawings, to cross-check Prior to Posting
the project coordinate system.
BIM Deliverables
Per BIM
1 No HP Deliverables, See Trade Deliverables.
Schedule
BIM Schedule
Per BIM
1 Lead team such that milestones on BIM Schedule are met.
Schedule
2. 3D Model Sign-Off Documents – BIM Management:

1. Scope of Work Description: BIM Team shall assist and manage the Trade team in
preparation of an overall Floor Plan as a visual legend and a 3D Model Coordination
Sign-Off Document. This document shall include a screen shot of the 3D Model files to
be signed-off, file date, and a pending items list for any information this is still
outstanding at the time of sign-off. Pending Items shall be tracked in Prolog.

Back to TOC
BIM Staff Schedule
Primary VDC Engineer Full Time
BIM Quality
Review sign-off documents for completeness, all proper
1 Prior to Posting
signatures gathered, documents properly posted.
BIM Deliverables
PDF of 3D Model Sign-Off documents. File version per software Per BIM
1
requirements. Schedule
Provide Design Team’s overall reflected ceiling plan CAD files, Per BIM &
2 by level, to the Trade responsible for coordinated ceiling drawing Submittal
submittals (see Specification 095436 1.5.A) for their use. Schedule
BIM Schedule
Per BIM
1 Lead team such that milestones on BIM Schedule are met.
Schedule
Mandate development of recovery plans from Trades that fall Per BIM
2
significantly behind schedule. Schedule
3. 3D Model Coordination-BIM Management and Assistance:

1. Scope of Work Description: BIM Team shall manage the Trades for complete development
of their respective 3D Authoring Models and shall compile those models and all Design
Models in to a complete 3D Collaboration Model on a continual basis as needed to meet
the BIM Schedule Requirements.
a. BIM Team shall manage the Trades 3D Model Coordination efforts.
b. BIM Team will facilitate a BIM Kickoff Meeting and subsequent similar meetings to
orient new trades to the project and BIM processes as they come on board.
c. BIM Team shall perform Clash Detection to review and spot check the clash
issue resolution progression of the Trades. Note: This is in addition to the Trades
conducting their own internal 3D Model Coordination clash tests both internally
in-house and amongst themselves.
d. BIM Team shall track clash issues using an organized File Folder Structure for
Saved Viewpoints in Navisworks Manage. Saved Viewpoints will be kept and
maintained for the duration of the project.
e. BIM Team shall create reports of clash issues using Saved Viewpoints (or
iConstruct) in Navisworks Manage and/or BIM 360 Glue. The scope and format
of the reports shall be at the discretion of the VDC Engineer. A lean construction
approach will be taken in this area to reduce unnecessary tracking time.
f. BIM Team shall assist in the RFI process as necessary.
BIM Staff Schedule

Secondary Supervision/Field Staff Each Meeting

Back to TOC
BIM Quality
Use Navisworks Clash Detection to ensure the clash issues are
1 found, then resolved, and the 3D Models are posted correctly on Prior to Posting.
the file sharing platform.
HP field staff will participate in coordination meetings to provide
2 Each Meeting
schedule, work sequencing, and constructability review.
BIM Deliverables
Navisworks Manage NWD file of the Consolidated Model. File
version per software requirements. This file will be posted to
1 Weekly
Prolog as well as BIM 360 Glue periodically and replace
previous versions.
Saved Viewpoints Report presented in 3D Model Coordination
2 Weekly
Meeting with Trades. File version per software requirements.
Weekly Saved Viewpoints Report presented in Design and
3 Weekly
Owner Progress and RFI Review Meetings.
BIM Schedule
3D Model Coordination Meetings:
Weekly
1 TBD at HP “Vault” Conference Room.
(minimum)
Attendees: HP and Trades
3D Model Coordination RFI Review Meetings:
2 TBD at HP “Vault” Conference Room. Weekly
Attendees: HP, Design Team, OAR (optional).
Additional Meetings:
To be held as required for recovery of coordination schedule or
for larger issues that cannot be resolved within weekly
3 As Needed
coordination. Others may include collaboration with Turner
Kiewit (Landside Terminal contractor), third-party vendors, and
OAR Consultants.
4. 4D Schedule Simulation-BIM Management and Assistance:

1. Scope of Work Description: BIM Team shall develop the 4D schedule simulation utilizing
Synchro Professional software. The simulation shall show planned construction activities
and sequences including crane and major equipment placement, based off of the baseline
CPM and each monthly updates.
2. BIM Team shall create a 4D model that will simulate the following 3D elements:
a. Site Work: Topography (Grading, Building Pads), Roads, Sidewalks, and Utilities
b. Foundations
c. Core Structure
d. Building Envelope
e. Temporary Site Conditions
f. Other area-specific interior models as required
BIM Staff Schedule

Primary VDC Engineer [TBD] Monthly
Secondary District VDC Manager As Needed

Back to TOC
BIM Quality
Review final deliverable to confirm dates match the schedule.
1 Review quality of the video output prior to hand-over to Owner Prior to Posting.
and Project Team.
BIM Deliverables
The initial 4D model will be developed with the 100% design
development model and the accepted baseline CPM. It will be (3) Weeks After
1
complete (3) weeks after the acceptance of the baseline CPM. Baseline CPM
File version per software requirements.
The 4D model will be updated based upon the 100%
2 construction model and will be provided (3) weeks after issuance
to Hensel Phelps. File version per software requirements.
The 4D model will be updated based upon the 100%
3 construction model and will be provided (3) weeks after issuance
to Hensel Phelps. File version per software requirements.
The monthly 4D model updates will be provided one week after
4 (or with as long as we only have to synchronize from P6 and
new activities were not added) the monthly schedule submission.
BIM Schedule
Owner/Architect/Contractor Meetings:
1 The current 4D model will be presented by the Hensel Phelps Once Per Month
Superintendent(s) during the meeting.
Weekly Trade Meetings:
The current 4D model will be presented by the Hensel Phelps
2 Weekly
Superintendent(s) during the meeting. It will be slowed down
and only the 4 week look ahead will be shown.
Weekly Trade Meetings:
At the beginning of each month the entire 4D model will be
3 Monthly
presented by the Hensel Phelps Superintendent(s) during the
meeting.
5. 5D Cost Estimation with Cost-BIM Management and Assistance:

1. Scope of Work Description: BIM Team shall utilize the design models as a part of the cost
estimation process and development of Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) proposals.
BIM Staff Schedule

During
Primary See HP Estimating Staff.
Preconstruction
BIM Quality
HP Estimators will utilize Assemble as a quantity check using
design model elements and subsequently compare this During
1
information with quantities derived from traditional take-off Preconstruction
methods.
BIM Deliverables
Specific BIM deliverables not in contract; GMP cost proposal At Budget
1
information to be submitted per Project Specifications. Review

Back to TOC
BIM Schedule
Per CPM
1 Per CPM preconstruction schedule milestones, as required.
Schedule
6. 6D Non-Graphical Information-BIM Scope of Work:

1. Scope of Work Description: This section describes the management role of the VDC
Engineer in coordinating and assisting the Owner, Design BIM Team and the Trades BIM
Team related to the gathering, alignment, distribution and hand-over of 6D data on this
project.
a. 6D Non-Graphical Information - Collection and Quality: it shall be the role of the
VDC Engineer to coordinate and manage the following:
i. The 6D Attribute Table sheet, inside Attachment 3 – LOD Spec Model
Content Spreadsheet: This document shall be used to describe the 6D data
expectations, including by not limited to; number of 6D data items required, all
proper formatting and descriptions. This document shall be reviewed and
signed-off by HP and GOAA, at a minimum.
ii. The 6D Data Pivot Table: This pivot table (i.e. Excel, Access or equivalent)
shall be the primary source of data for exchange of 6D Attribute information.
The VDC Engineer shall coordinate and manage the proper alignment of all
BIM Team exports (i.e. Schedule or Tables to Excel format) to the 6D Data
Pivot Table are accurate and meet the Owner requirements. The VDC
Engineer shall also coordinate and manage the review and sign-off process of
the 6D Data Pivot Table to the Owner. At minimum, this shall be at Owner
hand-over and all appropriate project schedule milestone reviews / meetings.
b. 6D Non-Graphical Information – Final Deliverables: it shall be the role of the VDC
Engineer to coordinate and manage the following:
i. The 6D Attribute Table sheet, inside Attachment 3 – LOD Spec Model
Content Spreadsheet: This document shall be posted as part of the BIM
Execution Plan submittal in PDF format. Project Schedule milestone that use
this deliverable shall be, at a minimum: Trade Buy-Out, the BIM Team Kick-off
meeting, BIM Model Coordination Meetings, and Owner Review / Approval
Meetings.
ii. The 6D Data Pivot Table: shall be Excel 2016 format (or equivalent). Any other
formats / equivalents shall be coordinated and approved by HP and Owner.
Project Schedule milestone that use this deliverable shall be, at a minimum:
BIM Model Coordination Meetings, and Owner Review / Approval Meetings.
Baseline List of 6D Data Columns:

Note this list shall be updated as required, and be tracked within Microsoft Excel (or equivalent).
This report shall be made available as needed by the BIM Team through the VDC Engineer.
Refer to the “6D Attribute Table” tab of BIMxP Attachment 3 – LOD Spec Model Content
Spreadsheet for a working list of attributes.

Back to TOC
BIM Staff Schedule
BIM Quality
6D data shall be Exported to a Microsoft Excel (or equivalent) Min. (2) weeks
1 spreadsheet report. That report shall be reviewed, accepted, and prior to Record
signed off at Record Model handover by HP and the OAR. Model handover
6D model attribute data quality assurance for trade models as At Milestones in
2
required by Attachment 3. 6D Attribute Table
BIM Deliverables
Assist in managing organization of the spreadsheet to include all
required information from the Trades. 6D non-graphical Min. (2) weeks
1 information populated per the Baseline list of 6D data columns. prior to Record
File version per software requirements. Ensure Trade record Model handover
models contain all required embedded attribute data.
BIM Schedule
6D data shall be populated in the master PivotTable in Excel See BIMxP
1 2016 (or equivalent) as construction progresses and will be Attachment 3 (6D
provided as a deliverable for closeout. Attributes Table)
VDC Engineer shall ensure record model attribute data is
provided at milestones in the 6D Attribute Table as a periodic
2
requirement once applicable elements have been installed in the
field.
7. Document Control Scope of Work:

1. Scope of Work Description: BIM Team shall utilize and manage the data in the following
BIM software. Document Control organization techniques, folder naming, and file naming
conventions shall be set up and managed through the duration of the project life cycle, up
to and including hand-over to the Owner.
a. Owner’s Box.com Site = only for final submittal records of all 2D and 3D Record
Models.
b. BIM 360 Glue = For collaboration between trades and viewing the model in the
field.
c. Prolog = Software for all non-BIM related 2D or 3D files and data.
BIM Staff Schedule

BIM Quality
Create file folder structure conventions, file naming conventions, Ongoing thru
1 and review that posted content is meeting those conventions. Record Model
Review with Owner for approval prior to hand-over. handover.
Maintain and organize files as necessary on Prolog, Glue, and
2 Ongoing
other platforms.

Back to TOC
BIM Deliverables
All intermediate and final deliverables as described in previous Ongoing thru
1 sections shall be posted on Prolog and BIM 360 Glue, specific to Record Model
the BIM program. File version per software requirements. handover.
BIM Schedule
Ongoing thru
For Prolog and BIM 360 Glue: See BIM Schedule for all on-going
1 Record Model
and final record model delivery dates.
handover.
Ongoing thru
For Facilities Management Data: See BIM Schedule for all on-
2 Record Model
going and final record model delivery dates.
handover.

Back to TOC
5 . 3 : Tr a d e s : S c o p e o f Wo r k
The intent of this subsection is to outline only the Trades’ BIM scope of work. All work to be
performed shall be in accordance with Section 2.6.3.5 of the CM@R Agreement as well as the
subcontract BIM Addendum.
1. 2D Submittals from 3D Models:

See other HP Contract information for standard 2D Submittal requirements.
Regarding BIM Scope of Work all 2D Submittal documentation, where appropriate, shall be
derived directly from the 3D Model. All 2D drafting: including but not limited to Plans, Sections,
Elevations, and Details shall be derived directly from the 3D Model. As a minimum standard: All
deviations within the 2D documentation, specifically in views directly related to showing 3D
model objects, shall be indicated in the 2D plan documentation. (Example: *2D drafting only, not
depicted in 3D model.)
2. 3D Authoring Models – Trade:

1. Scope of Work Description: The Trade BIM team scope of work shall include the
following:
a. Trade BIM Team shall produce a 100% 3D Model to the Level of Development
specified in this plan. Trade BIM Team shall review and validate their 3D
Authoring Models for compliance with the Level of Development Specification
and LOD Model Element spreadsheet. The LOD requirements shall be met in all
phases of the 3D Model Coordination. Including but not limited to: 3D Shop
Drawing models for 3D Model Coordination, 3D Model Coordination Sign-offs,
Field Validation of 3D Models, As-built of 3D Shop Drawing Models, and final 3D
Shop Drawing Models for Record Model hand over to Owner.
b. Equipment submittals shall be submitted and approved well ahead of areas to be
coordinated, per the BIM Schedule, to avoid causing an impact routing of
systems or a change in proximity to other trades.
c. Should coordination and authoring of construction models fall significantly behind
(>3 weeks), Hensel Phelps may, at its discretion, request in writing a recovery
plan from the Trade to avoid delays in the BIM Schedule. Hensel Phelps may
introduce supplementary production assistance at the Trade’s expense should
coordination consistently fall behind.
BIM Staff Schedule

Primary BIM Coordinator Full Time
Secondary Field Foreman (To collaborate with BIM Team) As Needed
BIM Quality Schedule
Trades shall internally QAQC all BIM deliverables per their
internal QAQC plan. This plan shall include, but not be limited to:
1 All project requirements, BIM Standards, Level of Development Prior to Posting
(LOD 400) requirements, Tolerances, Constructability and any
other in-house fabrication requirements.
Ensure models are free of any unnecessary content. That
2 Prior to Posting
includes extra content not part of the model, duplicated content,

Back to TOC
or 2D elements such as reference lines, annotations, labels and
title block content. This also includes any work in progress or
reference models. Detach any external references or links.
BIM Deliverables
Completed Attachment 4 – Sub BIM QA/QC Plan. This
1 document must be received prior to release of any BIM-related Prior to Start
progress payment.
Native 3D Authoring Model files (.DWG or .RVT) shall be posted Per BIM
2
to the file sharing platform (i.e. Prolog). Schedule
Export of native 3D Authoring model files for Navisworks (.NWC Per BIM
3
or .NWD) shall be posted to the file sharing platform (i.e. Prolog). Schedule
2D Overall Floor Plans, for each Floor, in AutoCAD format
(.DWG) that include both layout points and/or as-built points, (i.e. Per BIM
4
Autodesk Point Layout, or equivalent) for use in field layout and Schedule
spot checks.
BIM Schedule
Trade shall manage their own internal schedules, based on the Per BIM
1
milestones provided in the HP BIM Schedule. Schedule
3D Authoring Model deliverables, both native format and NWC
Per BIM
2 format, shall be posted no less than 24 hours prior to
Schedule
coordination meetings for which updated models are required.
3. 3D Model Sign-Off Documents – Trade:

1. Scope of Work Description: Trades BIM team sign-off documents shall include the following:
a. Trade BIM Team shall prepare an Overall Floor Plan Map; as a visual legend for
sign-off areas and a 3D Model Coordination Sign-Off Document. This document
shall include a screen shot of the 3D Model files to be signed-off, file date, and a
pending items list for any information this is still outstanding at the time of sign-
off. Pending Items shall be tracked in Prolog by the Hensel Phelps team.
b. Trades responsible for coordinating the RCP; aligned to the Architectural RCP
backgrounded ceiling drawing submittals (where required by Spec 095436
1.5.A) shall link all other Trade models to their submittal file and generate PDFs
for this submittal requirement.
c. Dependent upon the area being coordinated, this may include, but not be limited
to, coordinated shop drawings, room-specific layout drawings, penetration layout
drawings, coordinated ceiling drawings, roofing termination drawings, and other
material called for in the Project Specifications.
BIM Staff Schedule

BIM Quality
Review sign-off documents for completeness, all proper
1 Prior to Posting
signatures gathered, and documents properly posted.

Back to TOC
BIM Deliverables Schedule
Overall Floor Plan Map and a 3D model Coordination Sign-Off Per BIM
1
Document (both in in PDF format) Schedule
Per BIM
2 (.DWG) that include both layout points and/or as-built points, (i.e.
Schedule
Autodesk Point Layout, or equivalent)
All signed-off 3D Authoring Model content. File version per Per BIM
3
software requirements. Schedule
Per BIM
4 Required submittals per Project Specifications (in PDF format).
Schedule
BIM Schedule
Per BIM
1 See 3D Model Sign-off milestones per the HP BIM Schedule.
Schedule
4. Internal 3D Model Coordination – Trade:

1. Scope of Work Description: Trade BIM Team shall perform their own internal 3D Model
Coordination on a continual basis throughout the 3D Model Coordination project life cycle.
a. Trade BIM Team shall internally confirm 3D Model completeness among their other
BIM QAQC activities.
b. Trade BIM Team shall internally perform their own Clash Detection, using
Navisworks Manage, to review clash issue resolution progression for all Design and
Trade models.
c. Trade BIM Team is recommended to track clash issues using Saved Viewpoints in
Navisworks Manage. This can greatly assist the team in sharing Saved Viewpoints
with other Trades and HP BIM Staff.
d. Trade shall recognize that updates to the models and associated shop drawings may
be required due to issuance of Owner changes or design conflicts. As per the
CM@R Agreement, costs associated with BIM for change management are a part of
the total percentage markup allowed in Section 4.7.4 Item f.iv in the Agreement as
well as in the subcontract.
e. Trade shall participate in the BIM Kickoff Meeting or, if new to the project following
the kickoff meeting, collaborate with the VDC Engineer to review the minutes of the
meeting and become familiarized with the project.
f. Each subcontractor must have an authorized representative present in-person for
weekly/bi-weekly coordination meetings in addition to those drafting/modeling. This
individual must be able to make decisions on behalf of their respective subcontractor.
BIM Staff Schedule

Primary BIM Coordinator and Project Manager Full Time
Secondary Field Superintendent/Foreman (To collaborate with BIM Team) Each Meeting
BIM Quality
Use Navisworks Clash Detection to ensure the clash issues are
1 found, then resolved, and the 3D Models are posted correctly on Prior to Posting
the file sharing platform.

Back to TOC
BIM Deliverables
No deliverables required for HP, See 3D Authoring Model
1 deliverables. Post on file sharing platform (i.e. Prolog or As Needed
equivalent). File version per software requirements.
Use of Saved Viewpoints in Navisworks Manage posted to a file
sharing platform is recommended for internal collaboration. Post
2 As Needed
on file sharing platform, Prolog. File version per software
requirements.
BIM Schedule
Trades shall manage their own internal schedules based on the Per BIM
1
milestones provided in the HP BIM Schedule. Schedule
5. As-Built Trade Models:

1. Scope of Work Description: Trade BIM Team shall provide as-built (record) model
updates to HP monthly. This will include updates from the field for all installed physical
scope of work, within the specified tolerances explained in this document. Hensel Phelps
may “spot check” certain areas of the model to confirm accuracy and notify the
responsible subcontractor of any deficiencies.
2. As-Built (record) models shall be a required deliverable of all Trades regardless of
magnitude of scope, timeframe during which their respective scope was installed on the
project, and magnitude of coordination required between their trade and others. For
instance, low voltage as-builts are a requirement for final payment just as with structural
and MEPF trades.
BIM Staff Schedule

BIM Quality
Trade shall collaborate with their field staff as per their QAQC
1 plan for translating as-built conditions accurately back into their Ongoing
model.
Trade shall participate in monthly as-built field walk meetings to
2 commence at discretion of Hensel Phelps to ensure record Monthly
model progress is being maintained and is accurate.
Trade shall correct all punch list items in Navisworks Manage
Prior to Final
3 saved viewpoints and/or HP-issued reports prior to submission
Posting.
of final files.
BIM Deliverables
Updated models that match field conditions within tolerances
1 Monthly
specified within this plan. File version per software requirements.
Final close-out deliverable of 3D Record Model, both in native Prior to
2 format and NWC format, with all corrections made that are noted Retainage
by HP and the OAR. Release

Back to TOC
Prior to
(.DWG) that include both layout points and/or as-built points, (i.e.
3 Retainage
Autodesk Point Layout, or equivalent) that have been field
Release
validated against as-built field conditions.
Prior to
PDF as-built shop drawings as per standard shop drawing
4 Retainage
requirements outlined in Section 5.3.3.
Release
BIM Schedule
Trades shall provide, at minimum, record model updates monthly
Prior to Progress
1 or prior to close-in/concealment of work or monthly (in which
Payment
work has been installed), whichever is less.
Prior to
Final deliverable of fully coordinated record model, in NWC and
2 Retainage
native file format.
Release
Prior to
Final deliverable of PDF as-built shop drawings as derived
3 Retainage
directly from the final record model.
Release
6. 4D Schedule Simulation-BIM Management and Assistance:

1. Scope of Work Description: Since 4D Simulation Models are compiled using the 3D
Authoring Models, all BIM Team participant that is assisting with model content for 4D
Simulation Models shall comply with the following items:
a. All Trade BIM team participants shall work directly with the VDC Engineer to
promptly resolve any 3D or 4D related software issues as needed throughout the
duration of the project. Including, but not limited to: Exporting formats, importing
formats, data errors, or any other issues that would prohibit Hensel Phelps for
performing their scope of work.
BIM Staff
Primary BIM Coordinator N/A
BIM Quality
0 No requirement. N/A
BIM Deliverables
BIM Schedule
0 No requirement.
7. 5D Schedule Simulation with Cost-BIM Management and Assistance:

1. Scope of Work Description: Since 5D Simulation Models are compiled using the 3D
Authoring Models, all BIM team participants that are assisting with model content for 5D
Simulation Models shall comply with the following items:
a. All Trade BIM team participants shall work directly with the VDC Engineer to
promptly resolve any 3D or 4D related software issues as needed throughout the

Back to TOC
duration of the project. Including, but not limited to: exporting formats, importing
formats, data errors, or any other issues that would prohibit Hensel Phelps for
performing their scope of work.
BIM Staff
Primary BIM Coordinator N/A
BIM Quality
BIM Deliverables
BIM Schedule
0 No requirement.
8. 6D Non-Graphical Information-BIM Scope of Work:

1. Scope of Work Description: Trade BIM Team shall work directly with the VDC Engineer to
complete their respective portion of the 6D Data Pivot Table (provided by HP) and
corresponding record model attribute data. Record Models are required to contain 6D
attributes with data fully populated for all objects. Trades are encouraged to leverage the
6D Model attributes, as-needed to export the required fields for the 6D Data Pivot Table
deliverable. In cases where certain attributes cannot be attached to model elements due
to software limitations, the subcontractor shall request exception in writing.
a. See HP Scope of work section 5.2.6 above.
b. Attributes listed as part of BIMxP Attachment 3 (6D Attributes Table) shall serve
as deliverable requirement in GOAA EDC-42 BIM Implementation Plan section
04.02 for Revit Family Parameters aligning with GOAA GIS and FM requirements.
BIM Staff Schedule

Secondary Project Manager (to provide necessary data) Ongoing
BIM Quality
Quality assurance shall be performed to confirm the 6D Data
Pivot tables deliverable matches the requirements of the BIM Concurrent with
1
Execution Plan, specifically the 6D Attributes Table in Each Stage
Attachment 3 – LOD Spec spreadsheet.
Ensure all attributes are embedded in record model elements as
required by Attachment 3, and all information is correctly Prior to Final
2 populated to these fields. If specific attributes cannot be attached Retainage
to the model due to software limitations, subcontractor must Release
request exception with HP in writing.
Regardless of specification, Omniclass number, uniformat
number, or object terminology in the Asset Classification matrix
3 (Attachment 3) subcontractors are responsible for embedding all Ongoing
data associated with scope that they installed. For instance,
objects listed under plumbing classification but installed by the

Back to TOC
mechanical subcontractor are the responsibility of the installing
contractor.
BIM Deliverables
See BIMxP
All trades shall populate their respective portions of the provided
1 Attachment 3 (6D
6D Pivot Table in Excel 2016.
Attribute Table)
See BIMxP
All trades shall populate their respective record models with
2 Attachment 3 (6D
attributes and their values as per Attachment 3.
Attribute Table)
BIM Schedule
See milestones in the BIMxP Attachment 3 (6D Attribute Table).
Deliverables are due per stages set forth in milestones 1-5 that
coincide with a given point in the process of installation of that
1
scope. (Example: “INSTALLDATE” shall be provided as soon as
the equipment is in place, and “WARRANTYEXPDATE” shall be
provided following commissioning of the equipment.)
The milestones set forth in the BIMxP Attachment 3 shall serve
2 as part of GOAA EDC-42 BIM Implementation Plan section
04.02 requiring Milestone Schedules for Models
Any modifications to equipment that are a result of construction
changes including bulletins, ASIs, RFIs, or other directives are to
3
be incorporated into the final deliverable prior to final completion
(See 6D Attribute Table stage 5 – Bulletin & RFI reconciliation).

Back to TOC
GMP Contract-LEVEL 1: BIM Process Map
WS112 OIA South Terminal C Phase 1
STEP STEP
Schematic Design Schematic Design Design Development
1 2
Programming Perform Cost Estimate Perform Cost Estimate
Design
Architect Authoring Contractor Cost Estimation Contractor Cost Estimation
Not in Scope Not in Scope Not in Scope

Schematic Design Schematic Design Design Development
Site Analysis Perform 3D Coordination Perform 3D Coordination

Design
Architect Authoring Architect Gross
Coordination Architect 3D Macro
Coordination
Not in Scope 30% 60%

BIM USES
Planning Schematic Design Schematic Design Design Development Design Development Construction Documents
START Programming Model Update Design Models Engineering Analysis Compile Design Models Update Design Models Compile Design Models END
Design Design Design

Architect Programming Architect Authoring Engineer Engineering
Analysis Architect Authoring Architect Authoring Architect Design
Authoring
BIM Pre-Qualify BIM Pre-Planning Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents
Pre-Qual Model Scope Existing Conditions Create 4D Model Update 4D Model 6D Data
Review/
Contractor BIM Strategies Contractor BIM Exist
Conditions Model Contractor 4D Model Contractor 4D Modeling Architect Approve
Not in Scope Not in Scope

SCHEDULE MILESTONES
STEP
Schematic Design Design Development
3
Perform Cost Estimate Perform Cost Estimate
Contractor Cost Estimation Contractor Cost Estimation
Perform 3D Coordination Perform 3D Coordination
Contractor 3D Macro Contractor 3D Macro

100% - IFC
Coordination Coordination
NO
90%
BIM USES
Schematic Design Design Development Design Development Construction Documents

YES
Compile Design Model
Permits
START Update Design Models Develop Virtual Prototype Compile Design Model END
Issued?
Design Design Design Design
Architect Authoring Architect Authoring Architect Authoring Architect Authoring
Schematic Design Construction Documents Design Development Construction Documents
Create 4D Model 6D Data Update 4D Model 6D Data

Review/ Review/
Contractor 4D Model Architect Approve Contractor 4D Modeling Architect Approve
Engineering Analysis Engineering Analysis
Engineering Engineering
Engineer Analysis Engineer Analysis
SCHEDULE MILESTONES
Construction, BIM Pre-Coordination, BIM Model Coordination, and BIM Record Model
STEP
BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Post Coordination
4
Create Federated Model Update Federated Model
GC 3D Model
Coordination GC 3D Model
Coordination
BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Pre-Coordination Per Submittal Requirements BIM Post-Coordination BIM Pre-Coordination
Special Equip Model Misc Sub Models Shop Drawings Special Equip Model Misc Sub Models
Spec Sub 3D Spec Shop
Drawings Misc Sub 3D Misc Sub
Shop Drawings
All Const Model
Spec Sub 3D Spec Shop
Drawings Misc Sub 3D Misc Sub
Shop Drawings
BIM USES
After Permits Issued BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Pre-Coordination Coordination BIM Post Coordination BIM Post Coordination Validate Model Matches Field As-Built Updates
START Distribute Permit Documents Create Elec Model Create FP Model Model Coordination Update Elec Model Update FP Model Field Validation Record Models END
Architect Design
Authoring Elec Sub 3D Elec Shop
Drawings FP Sub 3D FP Shop
Drawings All Disciplines Elec Sub 3D Elec Shop
Drawings All Subs 3D Shop
Drawings All 3D Shop
Drawings
BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Pre-Coordination Initial Coordination BIM Post Coordination BIM Post Coordination Coordination
Site Utilization Model Create Steel Model Create Mech Model 6D Data Update Steel Model Update Mech Model 6D Data
Contractor Site Utilization
Plan Steel Sub 3D Steel Shop
Drawings Mech Sub 3D Mech Shop
Drawings All Const Model Steel Sub 3D Steel Shop
Drawings All As-Built Model
BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Pre-Coordination BIM Post Coordination BIM Post Coordination
Create Concrete Model Create Plumbing Model Update Concrete Model Update Plumbing Model
3D Plumb Shop 3D Plumb Shop

Concrete Sub 3D Conc. Model Plumb Sub Drawings
Concrete Sub 3D Conc. Model Plumb Sub Drawings
SCHEDULE MILESTONES
STEP STEP
Handover
5 Services
6
Create Federated Model Create Federated Model
GC 3D Model
Coordination GC 3D Model
Coordination
Not in Scope
Handover Handover Services Services Maintenance Scheduling
Special Equip Model Misc Sub Models Special Equip Model Misc Sub Models Work Tickets
3D Spec Shop 3D Misc Sub 3D Spec Shop 3D Misc Sub
Spec Sub Drawings Misc Sub Shop Drawings Spec Sub Drawings Misc Sub Shop Drawings Maintenance Department

BIM USES
Monthly Updates Handover Handover Closeout Services Services Serviices Facility Analysis
START Record Model Update Elec Model Create FP Model Closeout Model END START Services Model Update Elec Model Update FP Model Systems Analysis
All Disciplines Elec Sub 3D Elec Shop
Drawings All Subs 3D Shop
Drawings All Disciplines Elec Sub 3D Elec Shop
Drawings HP Services
Not in Scope Not in Scope Not in Scope Not in Scope
Coordination Handover Handover Coordination Services Services Demolition
6D Data Update Steel Model Create Mech Model 6D Data Update Steel Model Update Mech Model Demolition Model
All Record Model Steel Sub 3D Steel Shop
Drawings All Record Model Steel Sub 3D Steel Shop
Drawings All Disciplines
Handover Handover Services Services
Update Concrete Model Update Plumbing Model Update Conc Model Update Plumbing Model
THE
GC Lift Drawings Plumb Sub 3D Plumb Shop
Drawings GC Lift Drawings Plumb Sub 3D Plumb Shop
Drawings
END
Not in Scope Not in Scope

SCHEDULE MILESTONES
20 LEVEL OF
DEVELOPMENT
SPECIFICATION
October 19, 2016
16
PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATIONS
Copyright © 2016 BIM Forum

Version: 2016
LOD Spec
2016 Part I October 19, 2016
For Building Information Models

Nothing contained in this work shall be considered to be the rendering of legal advice for
specific cases, and readers are responsible for obtaining such advice from their own legal
counsel. This work and any forms herein are intended solely for educational and
informational purposes.
Level of Development Specification © 2016 by BIMForum. No portions of this work may

be reproduced or displayed without the express written permission of the copyright
holders. All rights reserved.
Level of Development Specification www.bimforum.org/lod
Version: 2016
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Many thanks to all the individuals and organizations who reviewed and contributed to this work, and to the following industry association representatives
and co-chairs of the major discipline subgroups who made this document possible:
Overall co-chairs
Jan Reinhardt, Adept Project Delivery
Jim Bedrick, FAIA, AEC Process Engineering
Current Committee Co-Chairs
Design Construction
Structures Will Ikerd, PE, LEED AP David Merrifield

IKERD Consulting, LLC Steel Fab, Inc.
Exterior Skin David Spehar, AIA Walt Cichonski

Stantec Architecture L F Driscoll
Jonathan D. Hill, P.E.

Simpson Gumpertz & Heger
Interior Construction Ron Dellaria, RA, CSI Brian Filkins

CannonDesign The Beck Group
Building Services Birgitta Foster David Francis

VDCO Tech Murray Company
Civil Will Ikerd, PE, LEED AP Dan Russell, LEED AP,

IKERD Consulting, LLC Sundt Construction, Inc.
Bridge: Highway & Rail Will Ikerd, PE, LEED AP David Merrifield
IKERD Consulting, LLC Steel Fab, Inc.
Industry association representatives

Dmitri Alferieff, Associated General Contractors
Michael Bomba, Esq., American Institute of Architects
Overall Editing and Graphics Creation

IKERD Consulting, LLC (IKERD.com) & BIMxD Solutions, LLC (BIMxD.com)
Back to TOC Copyright © 2016 by BIMForum. All rights reserved .2

Version: 2016
Additional Contributors
In addition, we’d like to thank the many contributors from all sectors of the industry who helped make this specification possible,
including:
Andy Jizba, US CAD

Benjamin Crosby, Yates Construction
Bill Klorman, Klorman Construction & ACI 131 BIM Committee Member (Concrete)
Brenda Ikerd, Ikerd Consulting, IKERD.com (Structures, Civil)
Brian Skripac, Assoc. AIA, LEED AP BD+C, CannonDesign, AIA TAP KC
Chuck Eastman, Ph.D, Georgia Institute of Technology
David Merrifield, Steel Fab, Inc.
Eloisa Amaya, Ikerd Consulting, IKERD.com (Graphics Editing, Structures, and Cover)
Jamie L. Davis, PE. LEED AP, Ryan Biggs | Clark Davis Engineering & Surveying (Masonry)
Jason P. Lien, PE, Precast Concrete Institute (PCI) BIM Committee, EnCon United (Precast)
Joe Cipra, Vulcraft/Verco Group (Structural Steel Open Web Joists and Metal Deck)
Joe Powell, EIT, Ikerd Consulting, IKERD.com (MEP)
John Russo, AIA, President, US Institute of Building Documentation (Laser Scanning & Level Of Accuracy)
Kirk Capristo, Astorino (Cover)
Lee Garduno, Southland Industries (MEP)
Luke Faulkner, LEED AP, AISC (Structural Steel)
Matthew J. Gomez PE, SE, Gerdau (Structural Steel)
Michael Bolduc, PE (MA), Simpson Gumpertz & Heger (Structural)
Michael Gustafason, PE, Autodesk (Structural)
Michael Mulder, Southland Industries (MEP)
Murat Karakas, Arup (MEP)
Paul J. Hause, PE, Structural Consultants Inc. (Structural)
Peter J. Carrato, Ph.D., PE, SE, Bechtel & ACI 131 BIM Committee Chair (Concrete)
R. Wayne Muir, P.E., Structural Consultants Inc. & SEI-CASE BIM Committee Co-Chair (Structures)
Rebecca Stanford, Ikerd Consulting, IKERD.com (Structures)
Roger Becker, PE, SE, Precast Concrete Institute (PCI) Managing Director of Research and Development (Precast)
Scott Babin, ITW Building Components Group (Wood)
Soheil Seiqali, Klorman Construction (Concrete)
Steven Bumbalough, ITW Building Components Group (Wood)

Version: 2016
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 9
1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 9
1.1 Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 9
1.2 Intent ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 10
1.3 Background ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10
2 Levels of Development ..................................................................................................................................................................... 11
2.1 BIM as a Communication Tool ................................................................................................................................................ 11
2.2 Level of Development vs. Level of Detail ................................................................................................................................ 11
2.3 Fundamental LOD Definitions ................................................................................................................................................ 12
2.4 Example – Light Fixture: ......................................................................................................................................................... 13
3 Using the Specification ..................................................................................................................................................................... 13
3.1 Glossary .................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
3.2 Details ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
3.3 Project-Specific Information .................................................................................................................................................... 14
3.4 Using the Specification with a BIMXP ..................................................................................................................................... 14
3.5 Implementation of the Specification ........................................................................................................................................ 15
4 Organization of the Specification ...................................................................................................................................................... 15
4.1 Geometric and Attribute Information ....................................................................................................................................... 15
5 Updates of This Document ............................................................................................................................................................... 19
5.1 Revision History ...................................................................................................................................................................... 19
5.2 Revision Process .................................................................................................................................................................... 19
PART I – ELEMENT GEOMETRY ........................................................................................................................................................... 20

A 21-01 SUBSTRUCTURE .................................................................................................................................................................. 20
A10 21-01 10 Foundations ............................................................................................................................................................. 20
A1010 21-01 10 10 Standard Foundations ................................................................................................................................ 20
A1020 21-01 10 20 Special Foundations ................................................................................................................................... 26
A20 21-01 20 Subgrade Enclosures............................................................................................................................................... 29
A2010 21-01 20 10 Walls for Subgrade Enclosures .................................................................................................................. 29
A40 21-01 40 Slabs-on-Grade ....................................................................................................................................................... 30
A4010 21-01 40 10 Standard Slabs-on-Grade .......................................................................................................................... 31
A4020 21-01 40 20 Structural Slabs-on-Grade ......................................................................................................................... 32
A4030 21-01-40-30 Slab Trenches TBD ................................................................................................................................... 33
A4040 21-01-40-40 Pits and Bases TBD .................................................................................................................................. 33
A4090 21-01-40-90 Slab-On-Grade Supplementary Components TBD .................................................................................... 33
A60 21-01-60 Water and Gas Mitigation TBD ................................................................................................................................ 33
A6010 21-01-60-10 Building Subdrainage TBD........................................................................................................................ 33
A6020 21-01-60-20 Off-Gassing Mitigation TBD ...................................................................................................................... 33
A90 21-01-90 Substructure Related Activities TBD ....................................................................................................................... 33

Version: 2016
A9010 21-01-90-10 Substructure Excavation TBD ................................................................................................................... 33

A9020 21-01-90-20 Construction Dewatering TBD .................................................................................................................. 33
A9030 21-01-90-30 Excavation Support TBD .......................................................................................................................... 34
A9040 21-01-90-40 Soil Treatment TBD .................................................................................................................................. 34
B 21-02 00 00 SHELL ......................................................................................................................................................................... 35
B10 21-02 10 Superstructure ......................................................................................................................................................... 35
B1010 21-02 10 10 Floor Construction ...................................................................................................................................... 35
B1020 21-02 10 20 Roof Construction ...................................................................................................................................... 56
B1080 21-02 10 80 Stairs .......................................................................................................................................................... 57
B20 21-02 20 Exterior Vertical Enclosures ..................................................................................................................................... 64
B2010 21-02 20 10 Exterior Walls ............................................................................................................................................. 64
B2010.20.10 21-02 20 10 20 10 Exterior Walls (Wood) .............................................................................................................. 68
B2010.20.20 21-02 20 10 20 20 Exterior Walls (Cold-Form Metal Framing) .............................................................................. 70
B2020 21-02 20 20 Exterior Windows ....................................................................................................................................... 78
B2050 21-02 20 50 Exterior Doors and Grilles .......................................................................................................................... 83
B2070 Exterior Louvers and Vents ........................................................................................................................................... 85
B2080 21-02 20 80 Exterior Wall Appurtenances ...................................................................................................................... 86
B2090 21-02 20 90 Exterior Wall Specialties ............................................................................................................................ 87
B30 21-02 30 Exterior Horizontal Enclosures ................................................................................................................................. 87
B3010 21-02 30 10 Roofing ....................................................................................................................................................... 87
B3020 21-02 30 20 Roof Appurtenances .................................................................................................................................. 88
B3040 21-02 30 40 Traffic Bearing Horizontal Enclosures ........................................................................................................ 89
B3060 21-02 30 60 Horizontal Openings ................................................................................................................................... 91
B3080 21-02 30 80 Overhead Exterior Enclosures ................................................................................................................... 91
C 21-03 INTERIORS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 93
C10 21-03 10 Interior Construction................................................................................................................................................. 93
C1010 21-03 10 10 Interior Partitions ........................................................................................................................................ 93
C1020 21-03 10 20 Interior Windows ...................................................................................................................................... 103
C1030 21-03 10 30 Interior Doors ........................................................................................................................................... 104
C1040 21-03 10 40 Interior Grilles and Gates ......................................................................................................................... 107
C1060 21-03 10 60 Raised Floor Construction ........................................................................................................................ 107
C1070 21-03 10 70 Suspended Ceiling Construction .............................................................................................................. 108
C1090 21-03 10 90 Interior Specialties .................................................................................................................................... 110
C20 21-03 20 Interior Finishes ..................................................................................................................................................... 112
C2010 21-03 20 10 Wall Finishes ............................................................................................................................................ 112
C2020 21-03 20 20 Interior Fabrications ................................................................................................................................. 114
C2030 21-03 20 30 Flooring .................................................................................................................................................... 114
C2040 21-03 20 40 Stair Finishes ........................................................................................................................................... 115
C2050 21-03 20 50 Ceiling Finishes ........................................................................................................................................ 116
D 21-04 00 00 SERVICES ................................................................................................................................................................ 117
D10 21-04 10 Conveying .............................................................................................................................................................. 117

Version: 2016
D1010 21-04 10 10 Vertical Conveying Systems..................................................................................................................... 117

D1030 21-04 10 30 Horizontal Conveying ............................................................................................................................... 118
D1050 21-04 10 50 Material Handling ..................................................................................................................................... 119
D1080 21-04 10 80 Operable Access Systems ....................................................................................................................... 122
D20 21-04 20 Plumbing ................................................................................................................................................................ 123
D2010 21-04 20 10 Domestic Water Distribution ..................................................................................................................... 123
D2020 21-04 20 20 Sanitary Drainage .................................................................................................................................... 128
D2030 21-04 20 30 Building Support Plumbing Systems ........................................................................................................ 131
D2050 21-04 20 50 General Service Compressed-Air............................................................................................................. 135
D2060 21-04 20 60 Process Support Plumbing Systems ........................................................................................................ 135
D30 21-04 30 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) .............................................................................................. 137
D3010 21-04 30 10 Facility Fuel Systems ............................................................................................................................... 137
D3020 21-04 30 20 Heating Systems ...................................................................................................................................... 140
D3030 21-04 30 30 Cooling Systems ...................................................................................................................................... 142
D3050 21-04 30 50 Facility HVAC Distribution Systems ......................................................................................................... 145
D3060 21-04 30 60 Ventilation ................................................................................................................................................ 148
D3070 21-04 30 70 Special Purpose HVAC Systems ............................................................................................................. 152
D40 21-04 40 Fire Protection ....................................................................................................................................................... 153
D4010 21-04 40 10 Fire Suppression ...................................................................................................................................... 153
D4030 21-04 40 30 Fire Protection Specialties........................................................................................................................ 154
D50 21-04 50 Electrical ................................................................................................................................................................ 155
D5010 21-04 50 10 Facility Power Generation ........................................................................................................................ 156
D5020 21-04 50 20 Electrical Service and Distribution ............................................................................................................ 158
D5030 21-04 50 30 General Purpose Electrical Power ........................................................................................................... 161
D5040 21-04 50 40 Lighting .................................................................................................................................................... 162
D5080 21-04 50 80 Miscellaneous Electrical Systems ............................................................................................................ 164
D60 21-04 60 Communications .................................................................................................................................................... 166
D6010 21-04 60 10 Data Communications .............................................................................................................................. 166
D6020 21-04 60 20 Voice Communications ............................................................................................................................ 166
D6030 21-04 60 30 Audio-Video Communication .................................................................................................................... 166
D6060 21-04 60 60 Distributed Communications and Monitoring ............................................................................................ 166
D6090 21-04 60 90 Communications Supplementary Components ........................................................................................ 166
D70 21-04 70 Electronic Safety and Security .............................................................................................................................. 166
D7010 21-04 70 10 Access Control and Intrusion Detection ................................................................................................... 167
D7030 21-04 70 30 Electronic Surveillance ............................................................................................................................. 167
D7050 21-04 70 50 Detection and Alarm ................................................................................................................................. 167
D7070 21-04 70 70 Electronic Monitoring and Control ............................................................................................................ 167
D7090 21-04 70 90 Electronic Safety and Security Supplementary Components ................................................................ 167
D80 21-04 80 Integrated Automation............................................................................................................................................ 167
D8010 21-04 80 10 Integrated Automation Facility Controls ................................................................................................... 167
E 21-05 00 00 EQUIPMENT & FURNISHINGS ................................................................................................................................. 167

Version: 2016
E10 21-05 10 Equipment .............................................................................................................................................................. 168

E1010 21-05 10 10 Vehicle and Pedestrian Equipment .......................................................................................................... 168
E1030 21-05 10 30 Commercial Equipment ............................................................................................................................ 169
E1040 21-05 10 40 Institutional Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 171
E1060 21-05 10 60 Residential Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 172
E1070 21-05 10 70 Entertainment and Recreational Equipment ............................................................................................. 172
E1090 21-05 10 90 Other Equipment Associated Masterformat Sections: 11 90 00 ............................................................... 173
E20 21-05 20 Furnishings ............................................................................................................................................................ 174
E2010 21-05 20 10 Fixed Furnishings .................................................................................................................................... 174
E2050 21-05 20 50 Movable Furnishings ................................................................................................................................ 175
F 21-06 00 00 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION ......................................................................................................... 176
F10 21-06 10 Special Construction ............................................................................................................................................. 176
F1010 21-06 10 10 Integrated Construction ........................................................................................................................... 176
F1020 21-06 10 20 Special Structures Associated Masterformat Sections: 13 30 00 / 01 88 13 .......................................... 176
F1030 21-06 10 30 Special Function Construction Associated Masterformat Sections: ......................................................... 185
F1050 21-06 10 50 Special Facility Components Associated Masterformat Sections: ............................................................ 185
F1060 21-06 10 60 Athletic and Recreational Special Construction........................................................................................ 185
F1080 21-06 10 80 Special Instrumentation ............................................................................................................................ 186
F20 21-06 20 Facility Remediation Associated Masterformat Sections: ...................................................................................... 186
F2010 21-06 20 10 Hazardous Materials Remediation ........................................................................................................... 186
F30 21-06 30 Demolition .............................................................................................................................................................. 186
F3010 21-06 30 10 Structure Demolition ................................................................................................................................ 186
F3030 21-06 30 30 Selective Demolition ................................................................................................................................. 186
F3050 21-06 30 50 Structure Moving ...................................................................................................................................... 186
G10 21-07 10 Site Preparation ..................................................................................................................................................... 187
G1010 21-07 10 10 Site Clearing............................................................................................................................................. 187
G1020 21-07 10 20 Site Elements Demolition ......................................................................................................................... 187
G1030 21-07 10 30 Site Element Relocations ......................................................................................................................... 187
G1050 21-07 10 50 Site Remediation ...................................................................................................................................... 187
G1070 21-07 10 70 Site Earthwork .......................................................................................................................................... 187
G20 21-07 20 Site Improvements ................................................................................................................................................. 188
G2010 21-07 20 10 Roadways ................................................................................................................................................ 188
G2020 21-07 20 20 Parking Lots ............................................................................................................................................. 189
G2030 21-07 20 30 Pedestrian Plazas and Walkways ............................................................................................................ 189
G2040 21-07 20 40 Airfields .................................................................................................................................................... 189
G2050 21-07 20 50 Athletic, Recreational, and Playfield Areas .............................................................................................. 190
G2060 21-07 20 60 Site Development ..................................................................................................................................... 190
G2080 21-07 20 80 Landscaping ............................................................................................................................................. 190
G30 21-07 30 Liquid and Gas Site Utilities ................................................................................................................................... 190
G3010 21-07 30 10 Water Utilities ........................................................................................................................................... 190
G3020 21-07 30 20 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities ...................................................................................................................... 191

Version: 2016
G3030 21-07 30 30 Storm Drainage Utilities ........................................................................................................................... 191

G3050 21-07 30 50 Site Energy Distribution ............................................................................................................................ 191
G3060 21-07 30 60 Site Fuel Distribution ................................................................................................................................ 192
G3090 21-07 30 90 Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components .................................................................... 192
G40 21-07 40 Electrical Site Improvements ................................................................................................................................. 192
G4050 21-07 40 50 Site Lighting ............................................................................................................................................. 193
G50 21-07 50 Site Communications ............................................................................................................................................. 194
G5010 – Site Communications Systems ........................................................................................................................................ 194
G90 21-07 90 Miscellaneous Site Construction ............................................................................................................................ 195
G9010 21-07 90 10 Tunnels .................................................................................................................................................... 195
CIVIL ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 196
Highway Bridges Precast Structural I Girder (Concrete) .................................................................................................................... 196
Highway Bridge Girder Steel .............................................................................................................................................................. 198
Railroad Bridges Precast Structural I Girder (Concrete) ..................................................................................................................... 199
Railroad Bridge Girder Steel ............................................................................................................................................................... 201
Graphics Index ............................................................................................................................................................................................ i

Version: 2016
INTRODUCTION
1 Overview
1.1 Description
The Level of Development (LOD) Specification is a reference that enables practitioners in the AEC Industry to specify and articulate
with a high degree of clarity the content and reliability of Building Information Models (BIMs) at various stages in the design and
construction process.
The Specification is a detailed interpretation of the LOD schema developed by the American Institute of Architects (AIA) for its E202-
2009 BIM and Digital Data Exhibit and updated for its G202-2013 Project BIM Protocol Form1, defining and illustrating2 characteristics
of model elements of different building systems at different Levels of Development, organized according to CSI Uniformat 20103. Its
intent is to help explain the LOD framework and standardize its use so that it becomes more useful as a communication tool.
The LOD Specification adheres to the intent of the LOD schema as developed by the AIA, and as such it is important to emphasize
several points here.
1.1.1 LODs and Design Phase

The LODs are not defined by design phases. Rather, design phase completion, as well as any other milestone or deliverable, can be
defined through the LOD language. There are several important reasons for this approach:
1) There is currently no detailed standard for the design phases. Many architects have created in-house standards, but these
differ from one firm to the next, and even within a single firm the requirements are sometimes adjusted to the needs of a
particular project.
2) Building systems progress from concept to precise definition at different rates, so at any given time different elements will be at
different points along this progression. At completion of the Schematic Design phase, for example, the model will include
many elements at LOD 200, but will also include many at LOD 100, as well as some at LOD 300, and possibly even LOD 400.
1.1.2 LODs and Model Definition

There is no such thing as an “LOD ### model.” As previously stated, project models at any stage of delivery will invariably contain
elements and assemblies at various levels of development. As an example, it is not logical to require an “LOD 200 model” at the
1 AIA Contract Document G202-2013, Building Information Modeling Protocol Form is part of a series of digital practice
documents the AIA published in June 2013. This series consists of AIA E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and
Digital Data Exhibit, AIA G201™–2013, Project Digital Data Protocol Form, and AIA G202™–2013, Project Building
Information Modeling Protocol Form. For general information on the documents and downloadable samples see
www.aia.org/digitaldocs. For executable versions of the documents see http://www.aia.org/contractdocs.
2All images are intended to illustrate building conditions in compliance with common building codes. However, the images do
not take into account site specific conditions, regional building codes and other important information that may require a
material change for specific projects. These illustrations do not make representation for fitness for a particular project nor for
code or design compliance.
3UniFormatTM Numbers and Titles used in this publication are from UniFormatTM, published by CSI and Construction
Specifications Canada (CSC), and are used with permission from CSI. For a more in-depth explanation of UniFormatTM and its
use in the construction industry visit http://www.csinet.org or contact CSI, 110 South Union Street, Suite 100, Alexandria, VA
22314. (800) 689-2900.

Version: 2016
completion of the schematic design phase. Instead, the “100% SD Model” will contain modeled elements at various levels of
development.
1.2 Intent
1.2.1 Not a set of Requirements
The Specification is not a set of requirements as to what is modeled when or by whom. Rather it is a language by which users can
define these requirements for their own firms or projects. This clear articulation allows model authors to define what their models can be
relied on for, and allows downstream users to clearly understand the usability and the limitations of models they are receiving.
To accomplish the Specification’s intent, its primary objectives are:
1) To help teams, including owners, to specify BIM deliverables and to get a clear picture of what will be included in a BIM
deliverable
2) To help design managers explain to their teams the information and detail that needs to be provided at various points in the
design process, and to track progress of their models
3) To allow downstream users to rely on specific information in models they receive from others.
4) To provide a standard that can be referenced by contracts and BIM execution plans.
1.2.2 Complements a BIM Execution Plan (BIMXP)

This Specification does not replace a project BIMXP, but rather is intended to be used in conjunction with such a plan, providing a
means of defining models for specific information exchanges, milestones in a design work plan, and deliverables for specific functions.
1.3 Background
1.3.1 AIA Effort
In 2008, the AIA published its first set of Level of Development definitions in AIA Document E202™-2008 Building Information Modeling
Protocol. Due to the rapidly evolving nature of the use of BIM, the AIA evaluated the E202–2008, including the LOD definitions. The
result is the updated and reconfigured Digital Practice documents, AIA E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data
Exhibit, AIA G201™–2013, Project Digital Data Protocol Form, and AIA G202™–2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol
Form, which are accompanied by a detailed guide document entitled Guide and Instructions to the AIA Digital Practice Documents. The
AIA’s updated Digital Practice documents include revised LOD definitions.
1.3.2 BIMForum Effort

In 2011 the BIMForum initiated the development of this LOD Specification and formed a working group comprising contributors from
both the design and construction sides of the major disciplines. To help further the standardization and consistent use of the LOD
schema, and to increase its usefulness as a foundation for collaboration, the AIA licensed the BIMForum to utilize its latest LOD
definitions in this Specification. The BIMForum working group first interpreted the AIA’s basic LOD definitions for each building system,
and then compiled examples to illustrate the interpretations. Because BIM is being put to an ever increasing number of uses, the group
decided that it was beyond the initial scope to address all of them. Instead, the definitions were developed to address model element
geometry, with three of the most common uses in mind – quantity take-off, 3D coordination and 3D control and planning. The group felt
that in taking this approach the interpretations would be complete enough to support other uses.
1.3.3 LOD Definitions

The LOD definitions that are used in this Specification are identical to those published in the AIA’s updated Digital Practice Documents,
with two exceptions.
1) First, the working group identified the need for an LOD that would define model elements sufficiently developed to enable
detailed coordination between disciplines – e.g. clash detection/avoidance, layout, etc. The requirements for this level are
higher than those for 300, but not as high as those for 400, thus it was designated LOD 350. The AIA documents do not
include LOD 350, but the associated Guide and Instructions references it.

Version: 2016
2) Second, while LOD 500 is included in the AIA’s LOD definitions, the working group did not feel it was necessary to further
define and illustrate LOD 500 in this Specification because it relates to field verification. Accordingly, the expanded
descriptions and graphic illustrations in this Specification are limited to LOD 100-400.
2 Levels of Development
2.1 BIM as a Communication Tool

The LOD schema addresses several issues that arise when a BIM is used as a communication or collaboration tool, i.e., when
someone other than the author extracts information from it:
1) During the design process, building systems and components progress from a vague conceptual idea to a precise description.
In the past there has been no simple way to designate where a model element is along this path. The author knows, but
others often don’t.
2) It’s easy to misinterpret the precision at which an element is modeled. Hand drawings range from pen strokes on a napkin to
hard lines with dimensions called out, and the precision of the drawing can be inferred from its appearance. In a model
though, a generic component placed approximately can look exactly the same as a specific component located precisely, so
we need something besides appearance to tell the difference.
3) It is possible to infer or extract information from a BIM that the author doesn’t intend – unconfirmed dimensions can be
measured with precision, assembly information often exists before it’s been finalized, etc. In the past, this issue has been
sidestepped with all-encompassing disclaimers that basically say, “Since some of the information in the model is unreliable,
you may not rely on any of it.” The LOD framework allows model authors to clearly state the reliability of given model
elements, so the concept becomes “Since some of the information in the model is unreliable, you may only rely on it for what I
specifically say you can.”
4) In a collaborative environment, where people other than the model author are depending on information from the model in
order to move their own work forward, the design work plan takes on high importance – it is necessary for the model users to
know when information will be available in order to plan their work. The LOD framework facilitates this.
The LOD Framework addresses these issues by providing an industry-developed standard to describe the state of development of
various systems, assemblies, and components within a BIM. This standard enables consistency in communication and execution by
facilitating the detailed definition of BIM milestones and deliverables.
2.2 Level of Development vs. Level of Detail

LOD is sometimes interpreted as Level of Detail rather than Level of Development. This Specification uses the concept of Level of
Development. There are important differences.
Level of Detail is essentially how much detail is included in the model element. Level of Development is the degree to which the
element’s geometry and attached information has been thought through – the degree to which project team members may rely on the
information when using the model.
In essence, Level of Detail can be thought of as input to the element, while Level of Development is reliable output.

Version: 2016
2.3 Fundamental LOD Definitions 4

2.3.1 LOD 100
The Model Element may be graphically represented in the Model with a symbol or other generic representation, but does not satisfy the
requirements for LOD 200. Information related to the Model Element (i.e. cost per square foot, tonnage of HVAC, etc.) can be derived
from other Model Elements.
BIMForum Interpretation: LOD 100 elements are not geometric representations. Examples are information attached to other model
elements or symbols showing the existence of a component but not its shape, size, or precise location. Any information derived from
LOD 100 elements must be considered approximate.
2.3.2 LOD 200

The Model Element is graphically represented within the Model as a generic system, object, or assembly with approximate quantities,
size, shape, location, and orientation. Non-graphic information may also be attached to the Model Element.
BIMForum interpretation: At this LOD elements are generic placeholders. They may be recognizable as the components they
represent, or they may be volumes for space reservation. Any information derived from LOD 200 elements must be considered
approximate.
2.3.3 LOD 300

The Model Element is graphically represented within the Model as a specific system, object or assembly in terms of quantity, size,
shape, location, and orientation. Non-graphic information may also be attached to the Model Element.
BIMForum interpretation: The quantity, size, shape, location, and orientation of the element as designed can be measured directly from
the model without referring to non-modeled information such as notes or dimension call-outs. The project origin is defined and the
element is located accurately with respect to the project origin.
2.3.4 LOD 350

The Model Element is graphically represented within the Model as a specific system, object, or assembly in terms of quantity, size,
shape, location, orientation, and interfaces with other building systems. Non-graphic information may also be attached to the Model
Element.
BIMForum interpretation. Parts necessary for coordination of the element with nearby or attached elements are modeled. These parts
will include such items as supports and connections. The quantity, size, shape, location, and orientation of the element as designed
can be measured directly from the model without referring to non-modeled information such as notes or dimension call-outs.
2.3.5 LOD 400

The Model Element is graphically represented within the Model as a specific system, object or assembly in terms of size, shape,
location, quantity, and orientation with detailing, fabrication, assembly, and installation information. Non-graphic information may also
be attached to the Model Element.
BIMForum interpretation. An LOD 400 element is modeled at sufficient detail and accuracy for fabrication of the represented
component. The quantity, size, shape, location, and orientation of the element as designed can be measured directly from the model
without referring to non-modeled information such as notes or dimension call-outs.
4
The definitions for LOD 100, 200, 300, 400, and 500 included in this Specification represent the updated language that appears in the AIA’s most recent BIM
protocol document, G202–2013, Building Information Modeling Protocol Form. The LOD 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 definitions are produced by the AIA and have
been used by permission. Copyright © 2013. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. LOD 350 was developed by the BIMForum working group.
Copyright © 2013. The BIMForum and the American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved.

Version: 2016
2.3.6 LOD 500

The Model Element is a field verified representation in terms of size, shape, location, quantity, and orientation. Non-graphic information
may also be attached to the Model Elements.
BIMForum interpretation. Since LOD 500 relates to field verification and is not an indication of progression to a higher level of model
element geometry or non-graphic information, this Specification does not define or illustrate it.
2.4 Example – Light Fixture:

 100 cost/sf attached to floor slabs
 200 light fixture, generic/approximate size/shape/location
 300 Design specified 2x4 troffer, specific size/shape/location
 350 Actual model, Lightolier DPA2G12LS232, specific size/shape/location
 400 As 350, plus special mounting details, as in a decorative soffit
3 Using the Specification
3.1 Glossary
The expanded definitions in this Specification use the following interpretations of these terms:
3.1.1 Specific:
The quantity, size, shape, location, and orientation of the element as designed can be measured directly from the model without
referring to non-modeled information such as notes or dimension call-outs.
3.1.2 Actual:
The model element includes all the qualities of a specific element and is representative of the manufacturer’s model to be installed or
the construction intent of an assembly.
3.2 Details
3.2.1 Order of Precedence
The body of this Specification expands on the Fundamental Definitions as they apply to specific building systems and sub-systems. In
the event of any conflict, more specific expansions take precedence over less specific expansions and Fundamental Definitions, e.g.
the expanded definitions for C1010 take precedence over those for C10, which in turn take precedence over the Fundamental
Definitions.
3.2.2 LOD Definitions as Minimum Requirements

The LODs provide five snapshots of the progression of an element from conceptual to specified – there are many steps in this
progression between the defined LODs. The LOD definitions, then, should be considered minimum requirements – i.e. an element has
progressed to a given LOD only when all the requirements stated in the definition have been met.
3.2.3 LOD Definitions are Cumulative

For a given element each LOD definition includes the requirements of all previous LODs. Thus for an element to qualify for LOD 300 it
must meet all the requirements for 200 and 100 as well as those stated in the LOD 300 definition.
3.2.4 Model Element Author

This document does not prescribe who the author of a particular component at a given LOD should be – the sequence of responsibility
for modeling various systems will vary from one project to another. To accommodate this variation this document defers to the concept

Version: 2016
of Model Element Author (MEA) as defined in the AIA E203-2013: “The Model Element Author is the entity (or individual) responsible
for managing and coordinating the development of a specific Model Element to the LOD required for an identified Project milestone,
regardless of who is responsible for providing the content in the Model Element." 5
3.2.5 2D Supplementary Drawings

In current practice models are often supplemented with 2D information such as detail drawings. This Specification does not address
this supplementation, but rather deals only with what is actually modeled in 3D and non-graphic information associated with the
modeled elements.
3.3 Project-Specific Information

As mentioned in the Overview above, this Specification is intended to be used in conjunction with a project BIMXP. Many information
needs will vary from project to project, even for identical elements. This kind of information is therefore not included in the LOD
definitions specified here, but rather is left to be addressed in individual BIMXPs. The following are some notable examples.
3.3.1 Size Thresholds

In most projects a determination is made to model certain elements only if they are over a specified size – e.g. conduit less than 1/2”
(10 mm) diameter is not modeled. These size thresholds do not consistently correspond to certain LODs, and they vary from project to
project. Thus they are not specified in the LOD definitions but rather in the project’s BIMXP, for example through the “Notes” cells in
the Model Element Table of the AIA G202-2013.
3.3.2 Clearances
Clearances such as door swings, maintenance access zones, and accessibility requirements can be critical design issues and in many
cases are geometrically modeled to reserve the space. The implementation of this type of spatial coordination can be accomplished in
various ways; therefore, it is neither practical nor useful for this Specification to dictate particular requirements, for example, all door
swings to be modeled as quarter-cylinder solids. Implementation of required clearances is to be established within individual BIMXPs.
3.4 Using the Specification with a BIMXP

Most BIMXPs include a section that details milestones as well as information exchanges – models to be produced to exchange specific
information at specific points in a specific BIM use. In most cases, though, current practice is to accompany these models with the
common “for reference only” disclaimer, diluting the effectiveness of the exchange. Referencing this Specification in the BIMXP and
using it to concisely define the milestone and information exchange models brings many efficiencies to the process – among them:
3.4.1 Reliance
As noted above (see “BIM as a Communication Tool”), a major problem with allowing others to rely on a BIM is that it can contain
information the author doesn’t intend. By defining a model through the LOD Specification the author can limit reliance to only what
he/she specifically states.
3.4.2 Multiple uses

Much model information is common across several information exchanges. This Specification facilitates the definition of models that
will support multiple exchanges.
5 AIA Document E203-2013 Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, Article 1.4.6. Copyright © American
Institute of Architects 2013. All rights reserved. Definition quoted here by permission.

Version: 2016
3.4.3 Efficient sequencing

The development of models as the design and construction process progresses follows logical sequences – much information
depending on the prior development of other information. The definition of milestones, information exchanges, and other deliverables
through this Specification facilitates the orderly sequencing of models to align with efficient development of information.
3.4.4 Avoidance of over-modeling

The LOD Specification facilitates the application of a pull-planning process to the modeling effort, limiting the development of model
elements and information to that which the team identifies as useful.
Note that the definition and sequencing of models usually cannot be set in stone when the BIMXP is first developed. In most cases the
modeling plan must evolve as the project progresses.
3.5 Implementation of the Specification

Currently, two methods of implementation have been developed.
3.5.1 Rely on the Model Element Table

Project team refers to the model element table included in an AIA G202 document or a BIM execution plan for the LODs of model
elements. In this method all elements referred to in a given model element table line item are assumed to be at the LOD stated there.
E.g. if the table lists interior doors as LOD 200 for a given model, all interior doors within the model are assumed to be at LOD 200.
3.5.2 Include LOD Designations as Attributes of Individual Model Elements

All elements within the model are provided with two attributes – Current LOD (the actual LOD of the element) and Target LOD (the LOD
specified for that element in the model element table). Elements default to a Current LOD of 100 or 200 as appropriate, and this
attribute is elevated as the element is more fully developed. This method offers more flexibility and reliability, allowing differentiation
between individual elements within a single model element table line item. Several software offerings provide the functionality of
highlighting elements of various LODs or elements whose Current LOD is less than the Target LOD.
4 Organization of the Specification
4.1 Geometric and Attribute Information

To facilitate use of this Specification Attachment 1, Model Development Specification (MDS) has been provided. This attachment is a
set of spreadsheets that can be used to collect and correlate LOD Information for a specific project.
A model element can contain two types of information: a) the element’s geometry and b) associated numeric and/or textual attributes.
To address these types of information this Specification contains two parts:
4.1.1 Part I: Element Geometry

Part I consists of narrative descriptions and illustrations of specific model elements at each LOD. Part I forms the bulk of this
document.
4.1.2 Part II: Associated Attribute Information

Part II is contained in Attachment 1, a workbook that begins with the Model Element Table which mirrors the layout of the Model
Element Table in the AIA G202-2013 Building Information Modeling Protocol Form, and can be referenced by that document. The
Model Element Table references Attribute Tables that contain attribute information for various building systems.

Version: 2016
4.1.3 Model Element Table
Figure 1
4.1.4 Building Systems

The rows of the Model Element Table (Figure 1) are building elements listed in accordance with CSI Uniformat 2010. The table also
lists Relevant Attribute Tables for each system, referring to the tabs containing attribute information for the associated system(s). If
desired users can add Attribute Tables for specific line items.
4.1.5 Milestones/Deliverables
The table includes columns for defining the LODs for various milestones within a project. Each milestone column has three sub-
columns: Level of Development (LOD), Model Element Author (MEA), and Notes. The table in Attachment 1 shows standard milestones
for the completion of the traditional design phases as well as examples of Project-Specific Milestones for interim reviews, specific
deliverables, BIM-Use information exchanges, etc. Users are encouraged to modify and add to these milestones as necessary. Once
the milestones for a project have been determined, they can be re-ordered into a logical sequence as in Figure 2.
Figure 2

Version: 2016
4.1.6 Attribute Tables
Figure 3
4.1.7 Attribute Table Anatomy

Attribute Tables consist of three parts.
1) Part 1, Attribute Description, lists Attributes relevant to the associated building system(s). Attributes are grouped into two
categories as shown – Baseline and Additional.
 The Baseline is the suggested list of attributes to be populated when no other requirements are known (BIM Uses,
specific deliverables, etc.).
 The Additional category may be thought of as a “shopping list” – a list of possible attributes the team may want to
consider.
2) Part 2, LOD Profile, correlates Attribute requirements with LODs from the Model Element Table. Attributes with pre-populated
LOD Profiles show a correlation between Attributes and LODs that represents current practices of proficient BIM users. An “X”
can be entered in these cells to indicate simply that the attribute is required at a given LOD, or an Attribute Author can be
entered to indicate not only that the attribute is required but also who is responsible for providing it.
3) Part 3, Milestones, is used to mark the attributes required for specific milestones and deliverables. The tables in Attachment 1
include example milestones, but users will customize the tables by copying the milestones they created for the Model Element
Table.

Version: 2016
4.1.8 MEPF Attribute Tables

The MEPF attribute tables use a somewhat different format than other sections, since components from
multiple systems might be used to make up a specific element. Case in point, an air handler is primarily a
D30 HVAC element, but can include plumbing, fire protection and electrical elements as well.
The MEP Systems tabs are grouped into two types:
 System component elements: D20 Plumbing, D30 HVAC, D40 Fire Protection and D50 Electrical.
 System distribution elements such as ducts, pipes, and cables: D Air Distribution, D Fluid Gas Distribution
and D Electrical Distribution.
MEPF attribute tables are broken down into two main sections
 Global: Attributes that are common to all elements within the table
 Item-Specific: The suggested set of additional attributes that are specific to an individual type of element. In
many tables the Individual elements are organized into a hierarchy of classes and sub-classes. In these
cases the attributes applicable to a specific element include those listed for the element itself plus those listed
in any of the classes above it in the hierarchy. E.g. as Figure 4 shows, the attributes for an oil meter include
all those shown in bold.
Note: System Component elements use both the Global and Item-Specific attributes sections, while System
Distribution elements use only the Item-Specific attribute section.
Figure 4
4.1.9 Using the Attribute Tables

There are many ways to use the Attribute Tables – three are shown here.
1) Project teams adopt the Baseline attribute lists. The pre-populated correlation between Attributes and LODs represents
current practices of proficient BIM users in the AEC industry.
2) Project teams create a custom correlation between LODs and Attribute population requirements. In this case the project team
would edit the LOD Profile section to reflect the specific requirements of the project.
3) Project teams create new, project specific milestones and define Attribute population requirements in the Milestones
sections. This approach will give project teams the greatest flexibility for defining Attribute population requirements.
Note that the element attribute author can be entered in the LOD profile instead of an “x” to indicate who is responsible for providing the
information.

Version: 2016
5 Updates of This Document

While this document is intended as a reference that can be cited in agreements such as contracts and BIM execution plans, it is
recognized that the use of BIM in design and construction is evolving. To accommodate this evolution this document will be updated
periodically in clearly identifiable versions. A project can adopt a specific version and then has the option to remain with that version or
update if a new version is published. Initially the target update frequency is annually, but that may change in the future. In addition,
interim updates may be issued if needed.
5.1 Revision History

10/17/16 Level of Development Specification 2016
08/25/16 Level of Development Specification 2016 New changes are noted with a bold bar. Engineered metal
building structures, precast concrete, highway and rail road
DRAFT FOR PUBLIC COMMENT bridge content moved from Appendix to main body.
10/30/15 Level of Development Specification 2015 New changes are noted with a bold bar. Definitions have not
been changed except for minor grammatical corrections and
formatting. New content released as an Appendix to Part A for
engineered metal building structures, precast concrete,
highway bridge content and rail road bridge content.
DRAFT FOR PUBLIC COMMENT formatting. Part B, Model Element Table, and Attribute Tables
were added.
formatting. Images and image notes have been added in blue
italics font.
8/22/13 Level of Development Specification 2013
4/24/13 Initial draft for public review
5.2 Revision Process

5.2.1 Public Comment
Each new version is first released as a draft for public comment. Feedback is evaluated and resolved prior to the publishing of the
official version.
5.2.2 Appendix
An increasing number of professional organizations are adopting this Specification and providing additional content relating to their
domains. To accommodate information that becomes available after the public-comment release but prior to the final release, content is
developed in collaboration with industry organizations and leading expert practitioners, and then vetted by the LOD working group. This
content is released as an Appendix to Part A and as additional identified Attribute Table tabs in Part B. The new content is then
integrated into the next public comment draft.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
PART I – ELEMENT GEOMETRY
A 21-01 SUBSTRUCTURE
Associated Masterformat Sections: 01 82 00
A10 21-01 10 Foundations

100 Assumptions for foundations are included in other modeled

elements such as an architectural floor element or volumetric
mass that contains layer for assumed structural framing depth.
Or, schematic elements that are not distinguishable by type or
material. Assembly depth/thickness and locations still flexible.
200 Element modeling to include:

 Approximate size and shape of foundation element
 Structural building grids for local project coordinate
system are defined in model and coordinated with
global civil coordinate system (State Plane Coordinate
System, etc.)
A1010 21-01 10 10 Standard Foundations

Includes: Formwork, concrete, masonry and reinforcement. Includes Standard Foundation Supplementary Components as appropriate.
May Include: Related Activities: Excavation, dewatering, excavation support systems, backfill and compaction, and soil treatment.
Associated Masterformat Sections:
100 See A10
200 See A10
300 Elements are modeled to the design-specified size and shape of

the foundation.
Element modeling to include:
 Overall size and geometry of the foundation element
 Sloping surfaces or floor depressions
 External dimensions of the members
 Main openings such as elevators and other shafts
A1010.10 21-01 10 10 10 Wall Foundations (Shallow Foundations)

Associated Masterformat Sections: 03 30 00 / 03 40 00 / 04 20 00 / 06 14 00
100 See A10
Reference Part II Attribute Tables for non-graphical information

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See A10

Image Notes:
1) Generic wall foundation is modeled.
2) Site is generically modeled from geotechnical
information in geotechnical report.
5 A1010.10-LOD-200 Wall Foundation

1) Overall size and geometry of the foundation element
2) Sloping surfaces. 1
3) External dimensions of the members 4
4) Geotechnical bearing strata elevation is modeled from
geotechnical report.
2
Image Notes:
1) Wall foundation sizes are accurately modeled with
footings where applicable.
2) Bearing elevation is modeled from the geotechnical
report.
3) Geotechnical regions are shown for context and not 3
required to be modeled as part of this element at this
LOD.
6 A1010.10-LOD-300 Wall Foundation
4) See slab on grade for related conditions at this LOD.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Location of sleeve penetrations
 Pour joints 1 4
 Moisture retarder
 Dowels
 All exposed embeds or reinforcement such as lintels
 Expansion joints
 Geotechnical Bearing Strata is modeled from
geotechnical report estimates.
 Area of bearing influence
Image Notes: 2
1) Grade beam sizes are modeled with interfaces to
other systems such as but not limited to slab turn
downs, key-ways between concrete pours,
construction joints and reinforcing dowels into
adjacent pours.
2) Bearing elevation is modeled from the geotechnical 3
report with the addition on interface elements such as
void boxes where applicable.
3) Geotechnical regions are shown for context and not 7 A1010.10-LOD-350 Wall Foundations (Shallow
Foundations)
LOD.
4) See slab on grade for related conditions at this LOD.

 Rebar including hooks and lap splices
 Dowels
 Chamfer
 Coursing for unit masonry defined
 Waterproofing
A1010.30 21-01 10 10 30 Column Foundations (Deep Foundations)

100 See A10
200 See A10

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Assumed bearing depth per geotechnical report
with designed penetration geometry modeled. 1
 Top of Pier
 Size of Pier
Image Notes:
1) Pier sizes are accurately modeled with top of pier
elevation, estimated depth to bearing and
specified depth of penetration into bearing strata.
2) Geotechnical regions are shown for context and
not required to be modeled as part of this element
2
at this LOD.
8 A1010.30-LOD-300 Column Foundations (Deep

Foundations)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Actual Top of Pier (TOP) and expected Bottom of
1
Pier (BOT) modeled per engineer’s review of site
conditions
 Foundation dowel locations and anchor rods if

applicable.
Image Notes:
1) Pier sizes are accurately modeled with interfaces
to other systems such as but not limited to slab
turn downs, key-ways between concrete pours,
adjacent pours.
not required to be modeled as part of this element 2
at this LOD.
9 A1010.30-LOD-350 Column Foundations

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Depth to bearing stratum
 Penetration into bearing stratum
 Locations of lap splices 1
 Dowels
 Pier sled or Pier wheel for side clear cover
 Pier bolster for bottom clear cover
Image Notes:
1) Pier modeling is developed to include all
fabrication content that is part of the element.
not required to be modeled as part of this element
at this LOD.
3) Pier sled, pier wheel, pier bolsters and other 2
related items are not shown in image for clarity.
10 A1010.30-LOD-400 Column Foundations

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
A1010.90 21-01 10 10 90 Standard Foundation Supplementary Components TBD
A1020 21-01 10 20 Special Foundations

Includes: Drilling, casing, bell bottom, excavation, dewatering, removal of excavated, materials, reinforcing, and concrete. Drilled Piers,
Driven Piles, Mat Foundation, elevator pits.
100 See A10
200 See A10
300 See A1010

 Elevator pit slabs are sloped correctly
 Sump pits are shown at correct locations and
geometries

 Location and size of sleeve penetrations and MEP
openings
 Pour joints
 Dowels
 All elements needed for cross-trade collaboration are to
be modeled
 Actual location and shape of structural element
 Exposed embeds or reinforcement such as lintels
 Penetrations detailed and modeled

 Rebar detailing including hooks and lap splices
 Dowels
 Chamfer
 Waterproofing
A1020.10 21-01 10 20 20 Driven Piles TBD
A1020.20 21-01 10 20 20 Caissons TBD

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
A1020.30 21-01 10 20 30 Special Foundation Walls TBD
A1020.40 21-01 10 20 40 Foundation Anchors TBD
A1020.50 21-01 10 20 50 Underpinning TBD
A1020.60 21-01 10 20 60 Raft Foundations TBD
A1020.70 21-01 10 20 70 Pile Caps TBD
A1020.80 21-01 10 20 80 Grade Beams

Includes: Formwork, reinforcement, and concrete.
100 See A10
200 See A10

Image Notes:
1) Generic beam geometry is shown.
2) Geotechnical regions are shown for context and not
LOD.
2
11 A1020.80-LOD-200 Grade Beams

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 See A1010

Image Notes:
1) See slab on grade (A4010, A4020) for related 1
conditions at this LOD.
2
LOD.

1) Water stops
2) Pour joints and sequences required to identify 3
reinforcing lap spice, scheduling, etc. 1
Image Notes:
1) Grade beam sizes are modeled with interfaces to
other systems such as but not limited to slab turn
downs, key-ways between concrete pours,
adjacent pours.
2) Interface elements such as void boxes or critical 2
bearing zones are modeled where applicable.
3) See slab on grade ((A4010, A4020) for related
conditions at this LOD.
4
LOD.

 Detailed post-tensioned components
 Dowels
 Chamfer
 Waterproofing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
A20 21-01 20 Subgrade Enclosures

100 Solid mass model representing overall building volume; or,

schematic wall elements that are not distinguishable by type or
material.
Assembly depth/thickness and locations still flexible.

 Approximate size and shape of the subgrade enclosure
element.
global civil coordinate system (State Plane Coordinate
System, etc).
Suggested Baseline Attributes
 Member Type
A2010 21-01 20 10 Walls for Subgrade Enclosures

Includes: Perimeter walls enclosing building space below grade. Includes formwork, reinforcing, concrete and masonry. Includes
Subgrade Enclosure Wall Supplementary Components as appropriate. May Include: Related Activities: Excavation, dewatering,
excavation support systems, backfill and compaction, and soil treatment.
100 See A20
200 See A20

 Overall size and geometry of the subgrade element
 Sloping surfaces
 External dimensions of the element

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Chamfers
 Sleeve penetrations
 Pour joints
 Rebar and any embedded elements modeled at
congested areas where specified by project BIMXP
which is typically with in a set distance from the area of
congestion.
 Any permanent shoring or forming structures such as
void boxes
 insulation
 Exposed embeds or reinforcement such as lintels
 Penetrations detailed and modeled

 Dowels
 Chamfer
 Waterproofing
A2010.10 21-01 20 10 10 Subgrade Enclosure Wall Construction TBD
A2010.20 21-01 20 10 20 Subgrade Enclosure Wall Interior Skin TBD
A2010.90 21-01 20 10 90 Subgrade Enclosure Wall Supplementary Components

TBD
A40 21-01 40 Slabs-on-Grade

100 Assumptions for slabs are included in other modeled elements

such as a volumetric mass or architectural floor element that
contains a layer for assumed structural framing depth.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 Element modeling to include

 Generic slab with approximate thickness.
global civil coordinate system (State Plane
Coordinate System, etc.)
14 A40-LOD-200 Slabs-on-Grade
A4010 21-01 40 10 Standard Slabs-on-Grade

Includes: Slab construction supported continuously by earth or compacted fill. Includes fine grading, subbase layer, mud slab,
insulation, vapor retarder, waterproofing, formwork, expansion joints, control joints, reinforcement, concrete, and finishing includes:
Slabs-On-Grade Supplementary Components as appropriate. May Include: Related Activities: Excavation, dewatering, excavation
support systems, backfill and compaction, and soil treatment.
100 See A40
200 See A40

 Overall size, thickness and geometry of the slab
 Slab depressions
 Edge turn downs
 Material strength
 Surfaces modeled to actual slopes
15 A4010-LOD-300 Standard Slabs-on-Grade

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Sleeve penetrations
 Pour joints
 Control joints
 Water stops
which is typically with in a set distance from the area
of congestion.
 Void boxes
 Anchor rods
 Dowels 16 A4010-LOD-350 Standard Slabs-on-Grade
 Post-tension profile and strands if required by the
BIMXP.

 Actual slab dimensions and profiles with fully
modeled rebar
 Post tensioning components
 All joints
 Water proofing
 Finish
A4020 21-01 40 20 Structural Slabs-on-Grade

Includes: Self-supporting slab construction not supported continuously by earth or compacted fill. Includes formwork, accessories,
reinforcement, concrete, and finishing. Includes Slabs-On-Grade Supplementary Components as appropriate. May Include: Related
Activities: Excavation, dewatering, excavation support systems, backfill and compaction, and soil treatment.
100 See A40
200 See A40

 Overall size, thickness and geometry of the slab-on-
grade
 Main openings such as elevators and other shafts
greater than or equal to 12” in any dimension
 Slab depressions
 Edge turn downs
 All sloping surfaces included in model element with
exception of elements affected by manufacturer
selection which are not known at this LOD. Such
conditions could include floor geometry differences
where different specified manufacturers will not be
known until the actual system is selected. 17 A4020-LOD-300 Structural Slabs-on-Grade

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 All sleeve penetrations and MEP openings
 Pour joints
 Control joints
 Water Stops
which is typically with in a set distance from the area
of congestion.
 Void boxes
 Anchor rods
 Moisture retarder 18 A4020-LOD-350 Structural Slabs-on-Grade
 Dowels
 Post-tension profile and strands modeled if required
by the BIMXP

 Fully modeled rebar
 Post tensioning components
 All joints
 Water proofing
A4030 21-01-40-30 Slab Trenches TBD
A4040 21-01-40-40 Pits and Bases TBD
A4090 21-01-40-90 Slab-On-Grade Supplementary Components TBD
A60 21-01-60 Water and Gas Mitigation TBD
A6010 21-01-60-10 Building Subdrainage TBD
A6020 21-01-60-20 Off-Gassing Mitigation TBD
A90 21-01-90 Substructure Related Activities TBD
A9010 21-01-90-10 Substructure Excavation TBD
A9020 21-01-90-20 Construction Dewatering TBD

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
A9030 21-01-90-30 Excavation Support TBD
A9040 21-01-90-40 Soil Treatment TBD

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B 21-02 00 00 SHELL
B10 21-02 10 Superstructure

100 Assumptions for structural framing are included in other modeled

elements such as an architectural floor element that contains a
layer for assumed structural framing depth; or, schematic
structural elements that are not distinguishable by type or
material.
Assembly depth/thickness or component size and locations still
flexible.
B1010 21-02 10 10 Floor Construction

100 See B10
200 Model elements to include:

 Floor with approximate dimensions
 Approximate supporting framing members
 Structural grids defined accurately
B1010.10 21-02 10 10 10 Floor Structural Frame

Includes: Structural elements required for support of floor construction within basements and above grade. Includes columns, girders,
beams, trusses, joists. Includes cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, unit masonry, metal framed, and wood framed systems.
Includes framed and sleeved openings for services. Includes Floor Construction Supplementary Components as appropriate.
Specific structural systems within this section are listed as follows:
 Concrete B1010.10.10
 Precast Structural Inverted T Beam B1010.10.11
 Precast Structural Column B1010.10.12
 Masonry B1010.10.20
 Steel Framing Columns B1010.10.30
 Steel Framing Beams B1010.10.40
 Steel Framing Bracing Rods B1010.10.50
 Steel Joists B1010.10.60
 Cold-Formed Metal Framing B1010.10.70
 Wood Floor Trusses B1010.10.80
Associated Masterformat Sections: 03 30 00 / 03 40 00 / 04 20 00 / 05 10 00 / 05 20 00
05 21 23 / 05 42 00 / 05 44 00 / 06 11 00 / 06 13 00 / 06 13 26 / 06 17 33 / 06 17 36
06 17 53 / 06 18 13 / 06 18 16 / 06 50 00

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B1010.10.10 21-02 10 10 10 10 Floor Structural Frame (Concrete)

Associated Masterformat Sections: 03 30 00 / 03 40 00
100 See B10

 Type of structural concrete system
 Approximate geometry (e.g. depth) of structural
elements

 Composite model assembly by type with overall
thickness that accounts for framing and finish specified
for the wall system. (Refer to LOD350 and LOD400 for
individually modeled elements)
 Specific sizes and locations of main concrete structural
members modeled per defined structural grid with
correct orientation
 Concrete defined per spec (strength, air entrainment,
aggregate size, etc.)
selection

 Reinforcing Post-tension profiles and strand locations
 Reinforcement called out, modeled if required by the
BIMXP, typically only in congested areas
 Pour joints and sequences to help identify reinforcing
lap splice locations, scheduling, etc.
 Expansion Joints
 Embeds and anchor rods
 Post-tension profile and strands modeled if required by
the BIMXP
 Penetrations for items such as MEP
 Any permanent forming or shoring components
 Shear reinforcing and stud rails
 Critical structural zones for coordination, including but
not limited to zones that cannot be penetrated, cut, or
damaged

 All reinforcement including post tension elements
detailed and modeled camber, chamfer, etc.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B1010.10.11 21-02 10 10 10 11 Precast Structural Inverted T Beam (Concrete)

Includes framed and sleeved openings for services.Includes Floor Construction Supplementary Components as appropriate.
05 21 23 / 05 42 00 / 05 44 00 / 06 11 00 / 06 13 00 / 06 13 26 / 06 17 33 / 06 17 36
06 17 53 / 06 18 13 / 06 18 16 / 06 50 00
100 See B10B10

elements
19 B1010.10-LOD 200 Precast Structural Inverted T

Beam (Concrete)

 Specific sizes and locations of main concrete
structural members modeled per defined structural
grid with correct orientation
selection

Beam (Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Lifting devices
 Post-tension profile and strands modeled if required
by the BIMXP

Beam (Concrete)

detailed and modeled
 Finishes, chamfer, etc.

Beam (Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B1010.10.12 21-02 10 10 10 12 Precast Structural Column (Concrete)

05 21 23 / 05 42 00 / 05 44 00 / 06 11 00 / 06 13 00 / 06 13 26 / 06 17 33 / 06 17 36
06 17 53 / 06 18 13 / 06 18 16 / 06 50 00
100 See B10B10

elements
23 B1010.10- LOD 200 Precast Structural Column

(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

correct orientation
selection
24 B1010.10 - LOD 300 Precast Structural Column

(Concrete)

 Lifting devices
the BIMXP

(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass


(Concrete)
B1010.10.20 21-02 10 10 10 20 Floor Structural Frame (Masonry)

100 See B10

 Type of structural masonry system

 Specific sizes of main structural elements modeled per
defined structural grid with correct dimensions
 Rough openings with reinforcement and lintels called
out


 Actual location and shape of structural masonry
element
 All exposed embeds or reinforcement such as lintels
 All penetrations detailed and modeled
 Grouted cell locations

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Waterproofing
 Coursing
 Reinforcing
B1010.10.30 21-02 10 10 10 30 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Framing Columns)

100 Generic column element, See B10.
27 B1010.10-LOD-100 Floor Structural Frame (Steel

Framing Columns)
200 See B101010

Framing Columns)
 Specific sizes of main vertical structural members
modeled per defined structural grid with correct location
and orientation

Framing Columns)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Actual elevations and location of member connections
 Main elements of typical connections applied to all
structural steel connections such as base plates, gusset
plates, anchor rods, etc.
 Any miscellaneous steel members with correct
orientation
 Any steel structure reinforcement such as web
stiffeners, sleeve penetrations, etc.

Framing Columns)

 Welds
 Coping of members
 Cap pates
 Washers, nuts, etc.
 All assembly elements

Framing Columns)
B1010.10.40 21-02 10 10 10 40 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Framing Beams)

Associated Masterformat Sections: 05 10 00 / 05 20 00 / 05 21 23
100 See B10
200 See B1010

 Specific sizes of main horizontal structural members
modeled per defined structural grid with correct
orientation, slope and elevation

Framing Beams)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

orientation
 Any steel structure reinforcement such as web
stiffeners, sleeve penetrations, etc.

Framing Beams)

 Welds
 Bent plates, cap pates, etc.
 Bolts, washers, nuts, etc.

Framing Beams)
B1010.10.50 21-02 10 10 10 50 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Framing Bracing Rods)

100 See B10
200 See B1010

 Specific sizes of main structural braces modeled per
defined structural grid
35 B1010.100-LOD-300 Floor Structural Frame

(Steel Framing Bracing Rods)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Connection details
orientation


 Welds
 Clevis
 Bolts, washers, nuts, etc.

B1010.10.60 21-02 10 10 10 60 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Joists)

100 See B10

 Approximate depth

Joists)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Joist size, depth, slope, and material
 Spacing and end elevations
 Joist seat depth


Joists)
350 Element modeling to include, information needed for cross

trade collaboration such as:
 Actual final joist profile locations with accurate panel
points
 Joist bridging and lateral braces.
 Fire protection coating
 Any miscellaneous steel pertaining to the joist
 Joist seat width
 Erection details for installation
 Chord and web member section profiles are defined
 Joist layout in coordination with metal deck fasteners
would be confirmed
Non-standard joist seat depths and\or sloping joist seat

Joists)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Welds
 Connection plates
 Member fabrication part number
 Quantity
 Spacing
 Anchorage
 Material required for proper installation
 Mark identification that correlates with bill of material
Type of shop paint if required

Joists)
B1010.10.70 21-02 10 10 10 70 Floor Structural Framing (Cold Formed Metal Framing)

100 See B10

 Rough architectural masses
 Approximate member depth
 Desired member spacing

 floor element with design-specified locations and
geometries

 Members modeled at any interface with wall edges (top,
bottom, sides) or opening through wall
 Bridging or straps

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Welds
 Connections
 Any part required for complete installation
B1010.10 21-02 10 10 10 Floor Structural Frame (Masonry Framing)

100 See B10
200 See B10

(Masonry Framing)

 floor element with design-specified locations and
geometries

(Masonry Framing)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Any regions that would impact coordination with other
systems such as but not limited to:
o Bond Beam & Lintel Regions
o Reinforcing & Embed Regions
o Jam Regions
o Any other grouted regions

(Masonry Framing)

 Reinforcing
 Connections
 Grouting Material
 Jams
 Bond Beams
 Lintels

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

(Masonry Framing)
B1010.10.80 21-02 10 10 10 80 Floor Structural Frame (Wood Floor Trusses)

100 See B10

 Top chord or bottom chord bearing
 Truss orientation
 Approximate width
 Truss orientation
 Approximate centerline location of individual trusses
46 B1010.10-LOD-200 Floor Structural Frame (Wood

Floor Trusses)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Truss size, depth, and material with sloping
geometry
 Spacing and end elevations
 Support locations

Floor Trusses)

 Actual final truss profile with accurate panel points
 Bridging and lateral braces
 Fire protection coating
 Any miscellaneous framing pertaining the truss
 Erection details for installation
 Chord and web member section profiles are
accurately defined
 Truss layout in coordination with deck fasteners
would be confirmed
 Hold down locations for large bolts.

Floor Trusses)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Fasteners
 Sealant
 Truss plates and connection material
 Nails and fasteners
 Truss plates.
 Deck patterns and joints

Floor Trusses)
B1010.20 21-02 10 10 20 Floor Decks, Slabs, and Toppings

Includes: Structural slab, deck, and sheathing floor construction at intermediate floors of basement construction and above grade.
Includes cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, cementitious decks and toppings, metal decking, wood sheathing, and wood decking.
Includes framed and sleeved penetrations for services and housekeeping pads for equipment. Includes Floor Construction
Supplementary Components as appropriate.
Specific structural systems within this section are listed as follows:
 Wood Floor Deck
 Metal Floor Deck
 Composite Floor Deck
 Concrete
05 35 00 / 06 12 00 / 06 15 00 / 06 16 00 / 06 18 00 / 06 53 00 / 06 73 00

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B1010.20.10 21-02 10 10 20 10 Floor Decks, Slabs, and Toppings (Wood Floor Deck)
100 See B10
200 See B10

 Applicable slopes
Expected framing member profiles, spacing, and
material

 Deck edge location
 Actual framing member and location per manufacture
 All miscellaneous framing including braces, kickers, etc.
 Deck openings modeled with support framing around
openings
 Point load locations
 Actual opening locations and sizes defined

 All framing accessory and fasteners modeled per
expected installation
 Waterproofing
B1010.20.20 21-02 10 10 20 20 Floor Decks, Slabs, and Toppings (Metal Floor Deck)
100 See B10
200 See B10

 Deck thickness
 Specific Framing member profiles, spacing, and
material
 Opening locations are prescriptively defined with notes
for additional miscellaneous framing

 Deck splice and end lap locations
 Actual deck profile and flute locations per manufacturer
 All miscellaneous framing including braces, kickers, etc.
 Deck openings modeled with support framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Welds
 Waterproofing
B1010.20.30 21-02 10 10 20 30 Floor Decks, Slabs, and Toppings (Composite Floor Deck)
100 See B10
200 See B10

 Specific deck thickness
 Specific Framing member profiles, spacing, material
 Opening locations are prescriptively defined with notes
for additional miscellaneous framing

 Actual deck profile and flute locations per manufacture
 Deck splice and end lap locations
 Actual framing member and location per manufacture
 All miscellaneous framing including deck support, deck
closure, shear studs, etc.
 Slab openings modeled with support framing around
openings
 Slab reinforcing modeled if specified in BIMXP

 All slab reinforcing
 Welds
 Waterproofing
B1010.20.40 21-02 10 10 20 40 Floor Decks, Slabs, and Toppings (Concrete)

100 See B10

elements

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

correct orientation
selection

the BIMXP
 Shear reinforcing and stud rails

Finishes, including chamfer, etc.
B1010.20.41 21-02 10 10 10 41 Precast Structural Double Tee (Concrete)

Includes framed and sleeved openings for services. Includes Floor Construction Supplementary Components as appropriate
05 21 23 / 05 42 00 / 05 44 00 / 06 11 00 / 06 13 00 / 06 13 26 / 06 17 33 / 06 17 36
06 17 53 / 06 18 13 / 06 18 16 / 06 50 00
100 See B10B10

elements
50 B1010.20 – LOD 200 Precast Structural Double Tee

(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

structural members modeled per defined
structural grid with correct orientation
 Concrete defined per spec (strength, air
entrainment, aggregate size, etc.)
 All sloping surfaces included in model element
with exception of elements affected by 51 B1010.20 – LOD 300 Precast Structural Double Tee
manufacturer selection (Concrete)

 Reinforcing Post-tension profiles and strand
locations
 Reinforcement called out, modeled if required
by the BIMXP, typically only in congested areas
 Pour joints and sequences to help identify
reinforcing lap splice locations, scheduling, etc.
 Lifting devices 52 B1010.20 – LOD 350 Precast Structural Double Tee
(Concrete)

 All reinforcement including post tension
elements detailed and modeled
53 B1010.20 – LOD 400 Precast Structural Double Tee

(Concrete)
B1010.30 21-02 10 10 30 Balcony Floor Construction TBD
B1010.40 21-02 10 10 40 Mezzanine Floor Construction TBD
B1010.50 21-02 10 10 50 Ramps TBD
B1010.90 21-02 10 10 50 Floor Construction Supplementary Components TBD
B1020 21-02 10 20 Roof Construction

[See B1010]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B1020.10 21-02 10 20 10 Roof Structural Frame

Description: Structural elements required for support of floor construction within basements and above grade. Includes columns,
girders, beams, trusses, joists. Includes cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, unit masonry, metal framed, and wood framed
systems. Includes framed and sleeved openings for services. Includes Floor Construction Supplementary Components as appropriate.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 03 30 00 / 03 40 00 / 04 20 00 / 05 10 00 / 05 20 00 / 05 21 23 / 05 42 00 / 05 44 00
06 11 00 / 06 13 00 / 06 13 26 / 06 17 33 / 06 17 3606 17 53 / 06 18 13 / 06 18 16 / 06 50 00
[See B1010.10]
B1020.20 21-02 10 20 20 Roof Decks, Slabs, and Sheathing

Includes: Structural roof deck, slab, and sheathing construction. Includes cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, cementitious decks
and toppings, metal decking, wood sheathing, wood decking, timber decking and expansion control. Includes framed and sleeved
penetrations for services and housekeeping pads for equipment. Includes Roof Construction Supplementary Components as
appropriate.
05 34 00 / 05 35 00 / 06 12 00 / 06 15 00 / 06 16 00 / 06 18 00 / 06 53 00 / 06 73 00
[See B1010.20]
B1020.30 21-02 10 20 30 Canopy Construction

Includes: Structural frame and decks, slabs, and sheathing for canopy construction.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 03 30 00 / 03 40 00 / 05 10 00 / 05 19 19 / 05 20 00 / 06 11 00 / 06 12 00 / 06 13 00 / 06
15 00 / 06 16 00 / 06 17 00 / 06 18 00 / 06 50 00 / 06 73 00
[See B1010.20]
B1020.90 21-02 10 20 90 Roof Construction Supplementary Components TBD
B1080 21-02 10 80 Stairs

Includes: Stairs, fire escapes, metal walkways, and ladders.
100 Assumptions for all stair systems (including railings, fire escapes,
walkways, and ladders) are included in other modeled elements
such as a spatial or massing element; or, schematic model
element that indicates the approximate overall dimensions of the
stair layout.
B1080.10 21-02 10 80 10 Stair Construction

Includes: Structural framing for exterior and interior stairs including treads, risers, and landings. Includes fire escapes and ladders.
05 55 00 / 05 71 00 / 06 43 00
100 See B1080

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 Generic model element with simplified treads and risers.

Nominal overall unit scope shall include:
 Nominal plan dimensions (length, width)
 Nominal vertical dimensions (levels, landings)
54 B1080.10-LOD-200 Stair Construction
300 Major stair support elements are modeled (stringers).

Treads and risers are modeled to indicate design-specified
nosing conditions.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Secondary stair support elements are modeled (hangers,

brackets, etc.).

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 All stair elements are modeled to support fabrication and

installation.
B1080.20 21-02 10 80 10 Precast Structural Stairs (Concrete)

Includes: Structural framing for exterior and interior stairs including treads, risers, and landings. Includes fire escapes and ladders.
05 55 00 / 05 71 00 / 06 43 00
100 See B1080B1080

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Approximate geometry (e.g. depth) of
structural elements
58 B1080.10-LOD 200 Precast Structural Stairs (Concrete)

 Specific sizes and locations of main
concrete structural members modeled
per defined structural grid with correct
orientation
 Concrete defined per spec (strength,
air entrainment, aggregate size, etc.)
 All sloping surfaces included in model
element with exception of elements
affected by manufacturer selection

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Reinforcing Post-tension profiles and
strand locations
 Reinforcement called out, modeled if
required by the BIMXP, typically only in
congested areas
 Pour joints and sequences to help
identify reinforcing lap splice locations,
scheduling, etc.
 Lifting devices
 Post-tension profile and strands
modeled if required by the BIMXP
 Any permanent forming or shoring
components

B1080.30 21-02 10 80 30 Stair Soffits TBD

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B1080.50 21-02 10 80 50 Stair Railings

06 81 00
100 See B1080
200 Generic model elements without articulation of material or

railing structure such as balusters, posts, or supports.
62 B1080.50-LOD-200 Stair Railings
300 Modeled assemblies by type to include:

 Railings
 Balusters
 Posts
 Supports for wall mounted railings

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 [See Fundamental LOD Definitions]
B1080.60 21-02 10 80 60 Fire Escapes

[See B1080.10 and B1080.50]
B1080.70 21-02 10 80 70 Metal Walkways

Includes: Catwalks and gratings over horizontal openings
Associated Masterformat Sections: 05 51 36 / 05 51 36.13 / 05 53 00
[See B1080.10 and B1080.50]
B1080.80 21-02 10 80 80 Ladders

Associated Masterformat Sections: 05 51 33 / 05 51 33.13 / 05 51 33.16 / 05 51 33.23
[See B1080.10 and B1080.50]
B20 21-02 20 Exterior Vertical Enclosures


material.
B2010 21-02 20 10 Exterior Walls

Includes: Exterior Wall Supplementary Components as appropriate. Includes Exterior Wall Opening Supplementary Components as
appropriate. Includes: Solid wall construction that is composite in nature; in other words, multiple layers of materials to form an overall
assembly.
100 See B20

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 Generic wall objects separated by type of material (e.g. brick wall
vs. terracotta).
Approximate overall wall thickness represented by a single
assembly.
Layouts and locations still flexible.
65 B2010-LOD-200 Exterior Walls
300 Composite model assembly with specific overall thickness that

accounts for veneer, structure, insulation, air space, and interior
skin specified for the wall system. (Refer to LOD350 and
LOD400 for individually modeled elements)
Penetrations are modeled to nominal dimensions for major wall
openings such as windows, doors, and large mechanical
elements.
Required non-graphic information associated with
model elements includes:
Wall type
Materials
350 A composite wall assembly may be considered for LOD350 only

if hosted objects such as windows and doors are provided at a
minimum of LOD350.
Main structural members such as headers and jambs at
openings are modeled within the composite assembly.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2010.10 21-02 20 10 10 Exterior Wall Veneer

Includes: Nonstructural outside face elements of exterior walls. Includes precast concrete, unit masonry, EIFS, manufactured siding,
and stucco Includes water repellents, coatings, and painting.
04 70 00 / 05 19 13 / 06 20 13 / 06 61 00 / 07 19 00 / 07 24 00 / 07 42 00 / 07 44 00
07 46 00 / 09 24 00 / 09 24 23 / 09 90 00
100 See B20
68 B2010.10-LOD-100 Exterior Wall Veneer
200 See B2010
300 See B2010

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Exterior wall veneer modeled as a separate element. 2

1
All openings modeled to rough dimensions. 3
Precast concrete panels are individually modeled. Connection

points are specified.
Connection to interfacing systems 4
Images notes:
1) Wall veneer element
2) Skin layers including but not limited to waterproofing
membrane 71 B2010.10-LOD-350 Exterior Wall Veneer
3) Core framing
4) Concrete slab edge
400 Element modeling includes: 1
2
3
Image notes:
4
1) Individual masonry units
2) Skin layers including
3) Moisture barrier, sheathing, and insulation
4) Core framing
5) Bolt
6) Concrete slab edge 5
7) Weep holes
6
B2010.20 21-02 20 10 20 Exterior Wall Construction

Includes: Exterior wall construction including backup systems for wall veneer. May be vertical load bearing. Includes cast-in-place
concrete walls, precast concrete walls, unit masonry walls, metal framed wall systems, and wood framed wall systems.
06 12 00 / 06 16 00
100 See B20
200 See B2010
300 See B2010

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Exterior wall construction modeled as a separate element.

All openings modeled to rough dimensions. Headers and jamb
framing are modeled.

 Studs and tracks
 Individual masonry units
 Reinforcing
 Sheathing
 Insulation
B2010.20.10 21-02 20 10 20 10 Exterior Walls (Wood)

assembly.
100 See B20
200 See B2010
73 B2010.06-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Wood)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Composite model assembly with specific overall thickness

that accounts for veneer, structure, insulation, air space, and
interior skin specified for the wall system. (Refer to LOD350
and LOD400 for individually modeled elements)
Penetrations are modeled to nominal dimensions for major
wall openings such as windows, doors, and large mechanical
elements.
See B2010
Shear panels
350 Wood framing is developed with sufficient elements to

support detailed interface coordination with other systems
such as MEP.
Openings modeled with support framing around openings
Image notes:
1) Elements in red are critical wall support elements
that cannot be easily cut for coordination of MEP
opening through the walls.
2) Infill wood framing modeling may be omitted at this
LOD if stated in the BXP.
3) Cladding and sheathing are not shown for clarity in
this image. 1

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 Wood framing is developed with sufficient elements that

support the fabrication of the wood framing system.
Image notes:
1) Connection content is development in the wall
elements. This includes but is not limited to
fasteners, anchor rods, and other related hardware.
this image.
B2010.20.20 21-02 20 10 20 20 Exterior Walls (Cold-Form Metal Framing)

assembly.
100 See B20

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See B2010
77 B2010.05-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Cold-Form

Metal Framing)
300 See B2010

Metal Framing)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Cold formed metal framing is developed with sufficient

elements to support detailed interface coordination with other 2
systems such as MEP.
Openings modeled with support framing around openings
Image notes:
2) Diagonal bracing (kickers) that may be in the 1
above ceiling space are modeled for coordination
with other building content such as MEP passing
along the wall in the above ceiling spaces.
3) Infill cold formed metal framing modeling (Orange) 3
may be omitted at this LOD if stated in the BXP.
4) Cladding and sheathing are not shown for clarity in 79 B2010.05-LOD-350 Exterior Wall (Cold-Form
this image. Metal Framing)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

elements that support the fabrication of the CFMF system.
Image notes:
fasteners, clips, and other related hardware.
this image.

Metal Framing)
B2010.20.30 21-02 20 10 20 30 Exterior Walls (Masonry)

assembly.
100 See B10

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See B2010
81 B2010.04-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Masonry)

 Element with design-specified locations and geometries

 Openings modeled with support framing around openings
o Jam Regions
o Any other grouted regions

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Reinforcing
 Connections
 Jams
 Bond Beams
 Lintels

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2010.20.40 21-02 20 10 20 20 40 Precast Wall (Concrete)

Includes: Exterior wall construction including backup systems for wall veneer. May be vertical load bearing. Includes cast-in-place
concrete walls, precast concrete walls, unit masonry walls, metal framed wall systems, and wood framed wall systems.
06 12 00 / 06 16 00
100 See B10B10

elements

correct orientation
selection

 Lifting devices
the BIMXP
85 B2010.20– LOD 350 Precast Wall (Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Chamfer, reveals, etc.
86 B2010.20– LOD 400 Precast Wall (Concrete)
B2010.30 21-02 20 10 30 Exterior Wall Interior Skin

Includes: Materials to provide finish or protective covering on inside of face of exterior walls. May include insulation and vapor retarder.
100 See B20
200 See B2010
300 See B2010
350 Exterior wall interior skin modeled as a separate element.

All openings modeled to rough dimensions.

 Individual masonry units
 Reinforcing
 Wall board
 Insulation

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2010.40 21-02 20 10 40 Fabricated Exterior Wall Assemblies TBD
B2010.50 21-02 20 10 50 Parapets

Includes: Exterior wall construction above plane of roof.
06 12 00 / 06 16 00
[See B2010, B2010.10, B2010.20, and B2010.30]
B2010.60 21-02 20 10 60 Equipment Screens

Includes: Exterior wall construction to screen equipment from public view.
[See B2010, B2010.10, B2010.20, and B2010.30]
B2010.80 21-02 20 10 80 Exterior Wall Supplementary Components TBD
B2010.90 21-02 20 10 90 Exterior Wall Opening Supplementary Components TBD
B2020 21-02 20 20 Exterior Windows

Includes: Fixed or operable windows used singly and in multiples located in the exterior vertical enclosure. Includes Exterior Window
Supplementary Components as appropriate. Includes windows units with louver blinds integrally set between glass panels. Includes
metal, wood, plastic, and composite window units. May Include: Wall Opening Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See B20
200 Windows approximate in terms of location, size, count and type.

Units are modeled as a simple, monolithic component; or
represented with simple frame and glazing.
Nominal unit size is provided.
B2020.10 21-02 20 20 10 Exterior Operating Windows

Includes: Window screens and storm windows.
08 51 69 / 08 52 69 / 08 53 69 / 08 54 69
100 See B20
200 See B2020
300 Units are modeled based on specified location and nominal size.
Outer geometry (profile) of window frame elements and glazing
modeled in correct location
Operation is indicated.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Rough opening is modeled in containing wall.

Attachment method of window to structure
Embed elements
Backer rod and sealant
400 Detailed frame extrusion profiles

Glazing sub-components (gaskets)
Attachment components
 End dam
 Fasteners
B2020.20 21-02 20 20 20 Exterior Fixed Windows

[See B2020.10]
B2020.30 21-02 20 20 30 Exterior Window Wall

100 See B20
200 Generic wall objects representing major types

of proposed window wall assemblies.
Overall window wall assembly depth
represented by a single model object.
Layouts and locations still flexible.
87 B2020.30-LOD-200 Exterior Window Wall

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Specified location and orientation of face of

glass.
Nominal face dimensions and thickness of
glazing.
Structural support systems of wall to be
modeled.
Spacing, location, size and orientation of
mullions.
Operable components defined (windows,
louvers and doors) and included in model.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Mullion shapes and geometry defined.

Actual anchorage layouts and types
definedmodeled.
Actual panel dimensions (including seating).

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 Complete mullion extrusion profiles.

Interface details between wall systems (within)
and wall and support systems including
sealants, end dams, flashings and membranes.
B2020.50 21-02 20 20 50 Exterior Special Function Windows

Includes: Exterior windows with special characteristics for a special function.
08 56 49 / 08 88 49 / 08 56 53 / 08 88 53 / 08 88 56 / 08 56 63 / 08 56 73 / 08 75 00
08 80 00
[See B2020.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2050 21-02 20 50 Exterior Doors and Grilles

Includes: Doors, grilles, and gates located in the exterior vertical enclosure. Includes screen and storm door assemblies. Includes
Exterior Door Supplementary Components as appropriate. May Include: Wall Opening Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 Simple representation of a door unit. Size, count, and location

are approximate.
200 Units are modeled as a simple, monolithic component; or

represented with simple frame and panel.
B2050.10 21-02 20 50 10 Exterior Entrance Doors

Includes: Exterior personnel door assemblies at main entrances. Includes automatic, revolving, balanced, and other special operating
entrance doors, and sliding storefront wall systems.
08 42 36 / 08 43 29
100 See B20
200 See B2050
300 Entrance door assemblies modeled by type to include the

following:
Specific door panels and frames (if applicable).
Operation is specified. Spatial requirements for operation may be
modeled if required by BIMXP.

Major framing elements are modeled at jambs and head.
Thresholds
Operation or mechanism enclosures are modeled.
All connections and interfaces modeled including brackets and
supports.
400 Complete mullion extrusion profiles Actual panel size

dimensions.
.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2050.20 21-02 20 50 20 Exterior Utility Doors

Includes: Exterior personnel door assemblies other than at main entrances.
100 See B20
200 See B2050
300 See B2050.10
350 See B2050.10
400 All connections and interfaces modeled including brackets,

supports, sealants, and thresholds.
B2050.30 21-02 20 50 30 Exterior Oversize Doors

Includes: Large exterior door assemblies to allow for passage of large objects involving various operating methods. Includes Exterior
Door Supplementary Components as appropriate including operators and drive mechanisms.
08 36 23 / 08 34 16
100 See B20
200 See B2050
300 Oversize door assemblies modeled by type to include the

following:
Door panels with nominal dimensions.
Frames with nominal dimensions.
Clearance zones are modeled for operation of overhead doors
(other than coiling doors).
Enclosures and motor housings are modeled with overall
nominal dimensions.

Major framing elements in wall are modeled at jambs and head.
Attachment elements are modeled

B2050.40 21-02 20 50 40 Exterior Special Function Doors

Includes: Exterior door assemblies for a variety of special functions and applications involving a variety of operating methods. Includes
Exterior Door Supplementary Components as appropriate including controls and operators.
08 34 53 / 08 34 63 / 08 34 73 / 08 38 00 / 08 39 00 / 08 88 49 / 08 88 53 / 08 88 56
[See B2050.20 or B2050.30]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2050.60 21-02 20 50 60 Exterior Grilles

Includes: Exterior devices of open construction to provide moveable barrier to provide access through wall or other divider.
100 See B20
200 See B2050
300 Grille assemblies modeled by type to include the following:

Nominal size of unit.
Operation is specified.


B2050.70 21-02 20 50 70 Exterior Gates

Includes: Exterior devices of solid or open construction to provide moveable barrier to provide access through wall or other divider.
[See B2050.60]
B2050.90 21-02 20 70 Exterior Door Supplementary Components
Includes frames, hardware, glazing and louvers that are part of door to be included with exterior door elements above as appropriate.
These components are typically modeled as part of other assemblies listed in the tables above. Do not assign this Uniformat
classification unless a supplementary component is modeled independently of another assembly.
B2070 Exterior Louvers and Vents

Includes: Exterior louvers which are not an integral part of mechanical equipment, including louvers connected to ducts.
100 See B20
200 Generic model element that is indicative of approximate area

and location of intended louver/vent.
B2070.10 21-02 20 70 10 Exterior Louvers

100 See B20
200 See B2070
300 Louver assembly modeled by type, indicative of area and

location of intended louver/vent.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
Accurate frame and blade boundary areas.
Opening for louver is cut from host wall

Major framing elements are modeled at connection points.
Connection points are modeled.

supports, and sealants.
B2070.50 21-02 20 70 50 Exterior Vents

[See B2070.10]
B2080 21-02 20 80 Exterior Wall Appurtenances

Includes: Exterior enclosures, grilles and screens of wood, metal, plastic, and other materials for a variety of purposes including
screening of equipment.
[See B2050]
B2080.10 21-02 20 80 10 Exterior Fixed Grilles and Screens

[See B2050.60]
B2080.30 21-02 20 80 30 Exterior Opening Protection Devices

Includes: Manufactured items such as louvers, fins, shutters, demountable panels, awnings, and sun screens to provide sun control,
privacy, security, insulation, and storm protection on exterior of windows, skylights, and entrances. Includes fixed and moveable,
manually and electrically operated, and automatically controlled devices.
[See B2010.60]
B2080.50 21-02 20 80 50 Exterior Balcony Walls and Railings

06 16 00 / 05 52 00 / 05 73 00 / 06 43 16 / 06 63 00 / 06 81 00
[See B2010.50]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B2080.70 21-02 20 80 70 Exterior Fabrications

Includes: Exterior fabrications of a variety of materials formed to various profiles for a variety of purposes including column covers,
decorative metal, ornamental woodwork, and plaster fabrications.
06 60 00 / 06 61 00 / 06 80 00 / 09 27 00
[See Fundamental LOD Definitions]
B2080.80 21-02 20 80 80 Bird Control Devices

Includes: Mechanical, electrical, physical, and chemical repellant systems, and protective devices.
B2090 21-02 20 90 Exterior Wall Specialties

Includes: Complete fabrication of metal, wood, and fiberglass, including accessories and appurtenances. For example, clocks, below-
grade egress assemblies, and window wells.

B30 21-02 30 Exterior Horizontal Enclosures


material.
B3010 21-02 30 10 Roofing

100 See B30
200 Generic assembly that contains spatial (layer) allowance for

structural slab/deck and/or framing system.
300 Individual substrate layers are not separately modeled, but they
are specified within a composite assembly.
Roof structure is modeled separately.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B3010.10 21-02 30 10 10 Steep Slope Roofing

Includes: Lapped roofing shingles, shakes and roofing tiles, including fastening and flashing products and methods. Includes Roofing
Steep slope roofing material is often modeled as a layer within the overall roof structure assembly.
07 61 00 / 07 63 00
[See B1020]
B3010.50 21-02 30 10 50 Low-Slope Roofing

Includes: Membrane roofing of various types and protected membrane roofing, including fastening and flashing products. Includes
Roofing Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See B30
200 See B3010
300 Specific material thickness, openings are subtracted from solid.

Framing is a separate assembly, see B10.
Drainage pitches are modeled.
B3010.70 21-02 30 10 70 Canopy Roofing

Includes: Roofing of various types over canopies. Includes Roofing Supplementary Components as appropriate.
[See B3010.10 or B3010.50]
B3010.90 21-02 30 10 90 Roofing Supplementary Components

Includes: substrate boards, vapor retarder, air barriers, deck insulation, flashing and sheet metal, and expansion joints to be included
with roofing elements above as appropriate.
07 71 13 / 07 71 16 / 07 71 19 / 07 71 29 / 09 28 00
B3020 21-02 30 20 Roof Appurtenances

Includes: Roof specialties and accessories installed on or in roofing or traffic bearing horizontal enclosure systems. Includes
components for the management of rainwater, but excludes mechanical and structural items.
100 See B30
200 See Fundamental LOD Definitions

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B3020.10 21-02 30 20 10 Roof Accessories

Includes: Ladders, curbs, vents, walkways, and snow guards.
07 72 46 / 07 72 53
100 See B30
300 Ladders: Specific assemblies indicating length and width.

Walkways: Specific assemblies indicating length, width, and
rail/guard height.
Vents: Specific assemblies indicating roof opening size. Roof
opening element is included.
350 Ladders: Specific assemblies indicating length, width, and

attachment/anchoring members. Required access/clearance
space is modeled.
Walkways: Specific assemblies indicating length, width,
rail/guard height, and support/attachment/anchoring members.
Required access/clearance space is modeled.
Vents: Specific assemblies indicating roof opening size and
attachment/anchoring members if applicable. Required service
access space is modeled.
400 See Fundamental LOD DefinitionsFundamental LOD Definitions
B3020.30 21-02 30 20 30 Roof Specialties

Includes: Cupolas, spires, steeples, and weathervanes.
B3020.70 21-02 30 20 70 Rainwater Management

Includes: Components to manage rain water from roofing and traffic bearing horizontal enclosures. Includes: Conductor heads, gutters,
downspouts, scuppers, and splash blocks.
[See D2030.10 and D2030.20]
B3040 21-02 30 40 Traffic Bearing Horizontal Enclosures

Includes: Horizontal enclosures that are also traffic bearing. Includes Horizontal Enclosure Supplementary Components as
appropriate.
100 See B30
200 See B3010

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B3040.10 21-02 30 40 10 Traffic Bearing Coatings

Includes: Surface applied waterproofing exposed to weather and suitable for pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
B3040.30 21-02 30 40 30 Horizontal Waterproofing Membrane

Includes: Substrate board, deck insulation, vapor retarder, sheet metal flashing and trim, flexible flashing, and expansion joints.
100 See B30
200 See B3040
300 Membrane assembly modeled by type to specified thickness.

Major openings such as shafts and hatches are modeled.
350 Individual material layers of membrane assembly are modeled

separately.
All openings and penetrations are modeled.
Expansion joints are modeled indicating specific width.
B3040.50 21-02 30 40 50 Wear Surfaces

Includes: Wearing surfaces on top of horizontal waterproofing membrane that are suitable for pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
100 See B30
200 See B3040
300 Wear surface system modeled by type to specified

thickness/depth.
Major openings such as shafts and hatches are modeled.
350 Individual system elements are modeled separately.

Pedestals are modeled and located properly, if applicable.
B3040.90 21-02 30 40 90 Horizontal Enclosure Supplementary Components

Includes: Substrate board, deck insulation, vapor retarder, sheet metal flashing and trim, flexible flashing, and expansion joints to be
included with horizontal enclosure elements above as appropriate.
07 71 16 / 07 71 19 / 07 71 29 / 09 28 00

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
B3060 21-02 30 60 Horizontal Openings

Includes: Openings in horizontal enclosures including roofing and traffic bearing horizontal enclosures. Includes Horizontal Opening
100 See B30
200 See B2020
B3060.10 21-02 30 60 10 Roof Windows and Skylights

Includes: Operable and non-operable roof windows. Includes: Skylights without framing with plastic and glass glazing. Includes:
Skylights with framing.
08 64 00 / 08 67 00
[See B2020.10]
B3060.50 21-02 30 60 50 Vents and Hatches

Includes: Other roof openings such as roof hatches, smoke vents, and gravity roof ventilators.
[See B3020.10]
B3060.90 21-02 30 60 90 Horizontal Opening Supplementary Components

Includes: Frames, hardware, glazing, flashing, and joint sealants to be included with horizontal opening elements above as
appropriate.
B3080 21-02 30 80 Overhead Exterior Enclosures

Includes: Exposed to weather construction under horizontal enclosure construction. Includes suspension and support systems,
insulation, vapor retarders, and air barriers.
100 See B30
200 Generic assemblies indicative of overall scope and

approximate thickness/system depth of overhead enclosure.
B3080.10 21-02 30 80 10 Exterior Ceilings

09 90 00
100 See B30
200 See B3080

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Overall assembly modeled to specific system thickness

including structural backing.
Location of expansion or control joints indicated, but not
modeled.
350 Face material modeled to specific thickness.

Structural backing members including bracing/lateral
framing/kickers are modeled.
Expansion or control joints are modeled to indicate specific
width.
400 Individual elements of face material are modeled.

Structural backing members and all support members (kickers)
are modeled including all connections.
Expansion or control joints are modeled.
B3080.20 21-02 30 80 20 Exterior Soffits

09 56 00 / 09 90 00
[See B3080.10]
B3080.30 21-02 30 80 30 Exterior Bulkheads

09 90 00
[See B3080.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C 21-03 INTERIORS
C10 21-03 10 Interior Construction

100 A schematic model element or symbol that is not

distinguishable by type or material.
Types, layouts, and locations are still flexible.
C1010 21-03 10 10 Interior Partitions

Includes: Enclosures and partitions which are fixed and secured in place. Includes walls of concrete; and masonry; and wood and
metal stud partitions with associated wall surfaces. Includes partitions of an open nature, such as wire mesh partitions. Partitions may
be load bearing or non-load bearing. Includes Interior Partition Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See C10
200 Generic wall objects separated by type of material (e.g. gypsum

board vs. masonry).
Approximate overall wall thickness represented by a single
assembly.
Layouts, locations, heights, and elevation profiles are still
flexible.
C1010.10 21-03 10 10 10 Interior Fixed Partitions

Associated Masterformat Sections: 03 30 00 / 03 40 00 / 04 20 00 / 05 41 00 / 06 11 00 /
09 20 00 / 10 22 13
100 See C10
200 See C1010
300 Composite model assembly by type with overall thickness that

accounts for framing and finish specified for the wall system.
(Refer to LOD350 and LOD400 for individually modeled
elements)
Wall elements are modeled to specific layouts, locations,
heights, and elevation profiles. Penetrations are modeled to

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
nominal dimensions for major wall openings such as windows,
doors, and large mechanical elements.
350 Structure and finish layers of partition assembly modeled as

separate elements.
All openings modeled to rough dimensions.
Major framing elements such as king studs, kickers, diagonal
bracing, and headers are modeled.

 Bracing
 Insulation
 Sheathing or wall boards
 Openings/penetrations
C1010.10.10 21-03 10 10 10 10 Interior Wall (Masonry)

100 See C10
200 See C1010
91 C1010.04-LOD-200 Interior Wall (Masonry)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 See C1010.10

o Jam Regions

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Reinforcing
 Connections
 Jams
 Bond Beams
 Lintels

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1010.10.20 21-03 10 10 10 20 Interior Wall (Cold-Form Metal Framing)

100 See C10
200 See C1010
95 C1010.05-LOD-200 Interior Wall (Cold-Form Metal

Framing)
300 See C1010.10 C1010.10

Framing)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

elements to support detailed interface coordination with
other systems such as MEP. 2
Image notes:
1) Elements in red are critical wall support
elements that cannot be easily cut for
coordination of MEP opening through the walls.
2) Diagonal bracing (kickers) that may be in the
above ceiling space are modeled for
coordination with other building content such as
MEP passing along the wall in the above ceiling 1
spaces.
3) Infill CFMF modeling (Orange) may be omitted
at this LOD if stated in the BXP.
3
4) Cladding and sheathing are not shown for clarity
in this image. 97 C1010.05-LOD-350 Interior Wall (Cold-Form Metal
Framing)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

elements that support the fabrication of the CFMF system.
Image notes:
fasteners, clips, and other related hardware.
2) Cladding and sheathing are not shown for clarity
in this image.

Framing)
C1010.10.30 21-03 10 10 10 30 Interior Wall (Wood)

100 See C10

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See C1010
99 C1010.06-LOD-200 Interior Wall (Wood)
300 See C1010

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Wood framing is developed with sufficient elements to

support detailed interface coordination with other systems
such as MEP.
Image notes:
2) Infill wood framing modeling may be omitted at this
LOD if stated in the BXP.
this image. 1
400 Wood framing is developed with sufficient elements that

support the fabrication of the wood framing system.
Openings and penetrations through studs are modeled.
Image notes:
fasteners, anchor rods, and other related hardware.
this image.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1010.20 21-03 10 10 20 Interior Glazed Partitions

Includes: Partitions primarily composed of glazed elements that may be fabricated or field constructed. Includes Interior Partition
100 See C10
200 See C1010
300 Specified location and orientation of face of glass.

Nominal face dimensions and thickness of glazing.
Structural support systems of wall to be modeled.
Spacing, location, size and orientation of mullions.
Operable components defined (doors) and included in model.
350  Mullion shapes and geometry defined.

 Actual anchorage layouts and types defined.
 Actual panel dimensions (including seating).
400  Complete mullion extrusion profiles.

 Interface details between wall systems (within) and
wall and support systems.
C1010.40 21-03 10 10 40 Interior Demountable Partitions
Associated Masterformat Sections: 10 22 19 / 01 84 13 / 10 22 19.13 / 10 22 19.23 / 10 22 19.33

10 22 19.43 / 10 22 19.53
100 See C10
200 See C1010
300 See C1010.10
350 See C1010.10 – also include hardware, accessories, and

support structure.
400 See C1010.10
C1010.50 21-03 10 10 50 Interior Operable Partitions

Includes: Track-supported, operable panels and partitions, top hung and floor supported, and manually and power operated. Includes
auditorium partitions and dividers. Includes overhead supports.
10 22 43
100 See C10
200 See C1010

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Operable partition system modeled to include spatial

requirements for open/storage position and closed position.
Spatial requirements for structure (overhead or below) to be
modeled.
350 Major support elements (overhead or below)

Mechanical connections
400 All assembly components including tracks, panels, hardware

and supports.
C1010.70 21-03 10 10 70 Interior Screens

Portable and open dividers.
[See C1010.10]
C1010.90 21-03 10 10 90 Interior Partitions Supplementary Components

Sound isolation components, firestopping, and expansion control to be included with interior partition elements above as appropriate.
C1020 21-03 10 20 Interior Windows

Includes: Interior fixed or operable windows used singly and in multiples. Includes Interior Window Supplementary Components as
appropriate. Includes metal, wood, plastic, and composite window units.
100 See C10
200 Windows approximate in terms of location, size, count and

type. Units are modeled as a simple, monolithic component; or
represented with simplified frame and glazing.
C1020.10 21-03 10 20 10 Interior Operating Windows

100 See C10
200 See C1020

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Units are modeled based on specified location and nominal

size. Outer geometry of window frame elements and glazing
modeled.
Operation is indicated.
Non-graphic information associated with model
element:
Aesthetic characteristics (finishes, glass types)
Performance characteristics (i.e. U-value, wind
loading, blast resistance, structural, air, thermal,
water, sound)
Functionality of the window (fixed, casement,
double/single hung, awning/project out, pivot, sliding)

Attachment method of window to structure
Embed geometry
400 Frame profiles

Glazing sub-components (gaskets)
Attachment components
C1020.20 21-03 10 20 20 Interior Fixed Windows

C1020.50 21-03 10 20 50 Interior Special Function Windows

Includes interior windows with special characteristics for a special function.
08 56 53 / 08 88 53 / 08 88 56 / 08 56 63 / 08 56 73
C1020.90 21-03 10 20 90 Interior Window Supplementary Components

Includes: Frames, sills, operating hardware, glazing to be included with interior window elements above as appropriate.
C1030 21-03 10 30 Interior Doors

Includes: Interior door assemblies. Includes metal doors and frames, wood doors and frames, plastic doors, and composite doors.
Includes Interior Door Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See C10
200 Units are modeled as a simple, monolithic component; or

represented with simple frame and panel.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1030.10 21-03 10 30 10 Interior Swinging Doors

Includes: Interior door assemblies. Includes metal doors and frames, wood doors and frames, plastic doors, and composite doors.
Includes Interior Door Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See C10
200 See C1030
300 Door assemblies modeled by type to include the following:

 Specific door panels and frames (if applicable).
 Operation is specified

Major framing elements are modeled at jambs and head in
containing wall.
Operation or mechanism enclosures are modeled, if applicable.
400 Actual frame/mullion extrusions.

Actual panel size dimensions.
All connections and interfaces modeled including brackets,
C1030.20 21-03 10 30 20 Interior Entrance Doors

Includes: Exterior personnel door assemblies at interior main entrances. Includes automatic, revolving, balanced, and other special
operating entrance doors, and sliding storefront wall systems. Includes Interior Door Supplementary Components as appropriate when
not part of storefront system.
08 43 29
[See B2050.10]
C1030.25 21-03 10 30 25 Interior Sliding Doors

[See C1030.10]
C1030.30 21-03 10 30 30 Interior Folding Doors

[See C1030.10]
C1030.40 21-03 10 30 40 Interior Coiling Doors
100 See C10
200 See C1030

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Coiling door assemblies modeled by type to include the

following:
 Door panels with nominal dimensions.
 Frames with nominal dimensions.
 Hardware set functionality and types included in non-
graphic information.
 Clearance zones are modeled for operation of
overhead doors.
 Enclosures and motor housings are modeled with
overall nominal dimensions.

Major framing elements in wall are modeled at jambs and
head.
Other major structural support elements are modeled.

C1030.50 21-03 10 30 50 Interior Panel Doors

Includes: Interior large opening doors constructed of panels that move.
[See C1030.40]
C1030.70 21-03 10 30 70 Interior Special Function Doors

Includes: Interior door assemblies for a variety of special functions and applications involving a variety of operating methods. Includes
Interior Door Supplementary Components as appropriate.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 08 30 00. / 08 34 13 / 08 34 19 / 08 34 33 / 08 34 36
08 34 46 / 08 34 49 / 08 88 49 / 08 34 53 / 08 42 33.13 / 08 88 53 / 08 88 56 / 08 34 59
08 34 63 / 08 34 73 / 08 38 00 / 08 39 00
[See C1030.40]
C1030.80 21-03 10 30 80 Interior Access Doors and Panels

Includes: Doors and panels in walls, ceilings, and floors to provide access to concealed spaces. Includes frames and hardware.
[See C1030.40]
C1030.90 21-03 10 30 90 Interior Door Supplementary Components

Includes: Frames, hardware, glazing, and louvers that are part of door to be included with interior door elements above as appropriate.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1040 21-03 10 40 Interior Grilles and Gates

Includes: Interior operable grilles and gates Includes frames and hardware.
100 See C10
200 See C1030
C1040.10 21-03 10 40 10 Interior Grilles

100 See C10
200 See C1030
300 Grille assemblies modeled by type to include the following:

 Nominal size of unit.
 Required openness provided as non-graphic
information.
 Operation is specified graphically.


C1040.50 21-03 10 40 50 Interior Gates
Includes: Interior devices of solid or open construction, usually hinged, to provide moveable barrier
for access through partition or other divider. Includes hardware, accessories, and finishing.
[See C1040.10]
C1060 21-03 10 60 Raised Floor Construction

01 84 13 / 01 84 13 / 01 84 13 / 01 84 13
100 See C10
200 Generic assembly that contains spatial allowance for support

system and flooring material.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1060.10 21-03 10 60 10 Access Flooring
Includes: Free-standing, elevated accessible floor assembly forming an underfloor cavity that may be
used for utility or other purposes.
100 See C10
200 See C1060
300 Overall flooring assembly modeled by type to specified

thickness/depth.
Major openings such as shafts are modeled.
350 Individual layers of assembly are modeled separately.

All openings and penetrations are modeled.
Pedestals are modeled and located properly, if applicable.
400 All assembly components are modeled including frame, floor

tiles, pedestals, and cross bracing.
C1060.30 21-03 10 60 30 Platform/Stage Floors
Includes: Fixed construction of raised floor for platforms or stages.

[See C1060.10]
C1070 21-03 10 70 Suspended Ceiling Construction

Includes: Ceiling Suspension Components.
100 Ceiling construction is represented in other composite objects

such as floors or rooms; or, schematic model elements that are
not distinguishable by type or material.
200 Generic assemblies indicative of overall scope and approximate

thickness/system depth of suspended ceiling.
C1070.10 21-03 10 70 10 Acoustical Suspended Ceilings

Includes: Suspended tiles and panels with specific characteristics for acoustical purposes.
100 See C1070
200 See C1070

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

including structural backing.
Location of expansion or control joints indicated, but not
modeled.
Ceiling grid is shown as linework.
350 Ceiling suspension grid is modeled.

Structural backing members including bracing/lateral
framing/kickers are modeled.
Expansion or control joints are modeled to indicate specific
width.
400 All assembly components are modeled including tees,

hangers, support structure, and tiles.
C1070.20 21-03 10 70 20 Suspended Plaster and Gypsum Board Ceilings

Includes: Suspended assemblies with plaster and gypsum board surfaces.
100 See C1070
200 See C1070

including framing.
Bulkheads
Major penetrations are modeled.
350 Major bracing elements such as kickers are modeled.
400 All assembly components including furring channels, hangers,

lath, plaster coats, and gypsum boards.
C1070.50 21-03 10 70 50 Specialty Suspended Ceilings

Includes: Suspended specialty ceiling panels, units, and materials manufactured as finished
[See C1070.10 or C1070.20]
C1070.70 21-03 10 70 70 Special Function Suspended Ceilings

Includes: Suspended ceiling assemblies with an additional special function including integrated ceiling assemblies.
[See C1070.10 or C1070.20]
C1070.90 21-03 10 70 90 Ceiling Suspension Components

Includes: Hangers and framing to suspend ceiling and sound isolation components to be included with suspended ceiling construction
elements above as appropriate.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1090 21-03 10 90 Interior Specialties

100 See C10
200 Generic model elements with approximate nominal size.

Placement and quantity remains flexible.
C1090.10 21-03 10 90 10 Interior Railings and Handrails

Includes: Complete interior railing assemblies of various types including glazed railings.
05 73 00 / 06 43 16 / 06 63 00 / 06 81 00
100 See C10
200 Generic model element representing approximate overall

height and location of railing/handrail.
300 Railing/handrail systems modeled by type to include:

 All horizontal rails
 All vertical posts/balusters
350 Mounting/attachment components
400 All assembly components including fasteners and supports.
C1090.15 21-03 10 90 15 Interior Louvers

Includes: Interior louvers, and other items for ventilation which are not an integral part of the mechanical system. Includes operable and
stationary louvers.
100 See C10
200 Generic model element that is indicative of approximate area

and location of louver.
300 Louver assembly modeled by type, indicative of area and

location of intended louver/vent.
Accurate frame and blade boundary areas
Opening for louver is cut from host wall.

Connection points are modeled.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

supports, and sealants.
C1090.20 21-03 10 90 20 Information Specialties

Includes: Visual display units, display cases, directories, interior signage, telephone specialties, and informational kiosks.
10 11 33 / 10 11 36 / 10 11 39 / 10 11 43 / 10 11 46 / 10 12 00 / 10 13 00 / 10 14 00 10 17 00 / 10 18 00
C1090.25 21-03 10 90 25 Compartments and Cubicles

Includes: Manufactured compartments and cubicles for specific purposes. Includes toilet compartments, shower stalls, etc.
C1090.30 21-03 10 90 30 Service Walls

Includes: Wall assemblies and wall-mounted units incorporating services.
[See C1010.10]
C1090.35 21-03 10 90 35 Wall and Door Protection

Includes: Manufactured protective devices for walls and doors. Includes corner guards, bumper guards, and protective wall covering.
C1090.40 21-03 10 90 40 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories

Includes: Manufactured items for use in conjunction with toilets, baths, and laundries.
[See Fundamental LOD Definitions]Fundamental LOD Definitions]
C1090.45 21-03 10 90 45 Interior Gas Lighting

C1090.50 21-03 10 90 50 Fireplaces and Stoves
Includes: Masonry fireplaces and manufactured and fabricated fireplaces, stoves, chimneys,
dampers, and specialties for use in construction of fireplaces and stove units.
10 32 00 / 10 35 00

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C1090.60 21-03 10 90 60 Safety Specialties
Includes: Accessories that provide emergency aid.

C1090.70 21-03 10 90 70 Storage Specialties
Includes: Lockers, postal specialties, storage specialties, and wardrobe and closet specialties.
56 33 / 10 57 00 / 10 57 13 / 10 57 33
C1090.90 21-03 10 90 90 Other Interior Specialties
Includes: Pest control devices, flags and banners, security mirrors and domes, and scales.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 10 80 00 / 10 81 00 / 10 81 16 / 10 81 19 / 10 83 00 / 08 83 00 / 10 86 00 / 10 88 00
C20 21-03 20 Interior Finishes

100 Non-graphic information attached to model elements providing

assumptions about proposed finish materials. See Part II
C2010 21-03 20 10 Wall Finishes

Includes: Wall finishes applied over solid substrates. Includes Wall Finish Supplementary Components as appropriate.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 09 70 00 / 01 84 19 / 01 84 19 / 01 84 19 / 01 84 19 / 01 84
100 See C20
200 Generic materials other than sheet goods and coatings by type
(e.g. tile or paneling), approximate thickness and scope in
elevation.
300 Materials are modeled based on specific types (e.g. Tile type
CT-1).
Thickness and scope of finishes other than sheet goods and
coatings are accurately modeled.
Sheet goods and coatings may be specified in Part II related to
interior partitions.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Additional non-graphic information to include:

 Manufacturer
 Model
400 Pattern layouts

Expansion/control joints
Edges
C2010.10 21-03 20 10 10 Tile Wall Finish

Includes: Manufactured surfacing units of impervious, vitreous, semi-vitreous, and non-vitreous materials; glazed, unglazed,
conductive, and textured surfaces.
[See C2010]
C2010.20 21-03 20 10 20 Wall Paneling

Includes: Covering or cladding of interior walls with paneling. Includes associated furring, fastening, and trim.
[See C2010]
C2010.30 21-03 20 10 30 Wall Coverings

Includes: Wall coverings applied over solid substrates. Includes vinyl-coated fabric, vinyl and cork wall coverings; wall papers; and
flexible wood sheets.
[See C2010]
C2010.35 21-03 20 10 35 Wall Carpeting

Includes: Wall carpet materials and accessories.
C2010.50 21-03 20 10 50 Stone Facing

Includes: Natural stone applied as an interior veneer surface.
[See C2010]
C2010.60 21-03 20 10 60 Special Wall Surfacing

Includes: Manufactured decorative interior wall surface products including plastic blocks.
[See C2010]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C2010.70 21-03 20 10 70 Wall Painting and Coating

Includes: Interior painting and coating with transparent and opaque finishes. Includes stains, varnishes, lacquers, primers, fillers, paint
removers, and waxes, and preparation of surfaces.
[See C2010]
C2010.80 21-03 20 10 80 Acoustical Wall Treatment

Includes: Sound absorbing, reflecting, and diffusing wall units, and accessories.
[See C2010]
C2010.90 21-03 20 10 90 Wall Finish Supplementary Components

Includes: Furring to be included with wall finish elements above as appropriate.
[See C1010]
C2020 21-03 20 20 Interior Fabrications

Includes: Interior fabrications of a variety of materials formed to various profiles for a variety of purposes including column covers.
27 00
C2030 21-03 20 30 Flooring

Includes: Flooring Supplementary Components as appropriate.
[See C2010]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C2030.10 21-03 20 30 10 Flooring Treatment TBD
C2030.20 21-03 20 30 20 Tile Flooring TBD
C2030.30 21-03 20 30 30 Specialty Flooring TBD
C2030.40 21-03 20 30 40 Masonry Flooring TBD
C2030.45 21-03 20 30 45 Wood Flooring TBD
C2030.50 21-03 20 30 50 Resilient Flooring TBD
C2030.60 21-03 20 30 60 Terrazzo Flooring TBD
C2030.70 21-03 20 30 70 Fluid-Applied Flooring TBD
C2030.75 21-03 20 30 75 Carpeting TBD
C2030.80 21-03 20 30 80 Athletic Flooring TBD
C2030.85 21-03 20 30 85 Entrance Flooring TBD
C2030.90 21-03 20 30 90 Floor Supplementary Components TBD
C2040 21-03 20 40 Stair Finishes

Includes: Stair tread, riser, and landing finish of various materials.
[See C2010]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
C2040.20 21-03 20 40 20 Tile Stair Finish TBD
C2040.40 21-03 20 40 40 Masonry Stair Finish 09 63 00 TBD
C2040.45 21-03 20 40 45 Wood Stair Finish 09 64 00 TBD
C2040.50 21-03 20 40 50 Resilient Stair Finish 09 65 00 TBD
C2040.60 21-03 20 40 60 Terrazzo Stair Finish 09 66 00 TBD
C2040.75 21-03 20 40 75 Carpeted Stair Finish 09 68 00 TBD
C2050 21-03 20 50 Ceiling Finishes

Includes: Finishes applied to interior ceiling substrates. Ceiling finishes may be applied to suspended ceiling construction. Includes
Ceiling Finish Supplementary Components as appropriate.
C2050.10 21-03 20 50 10 Plaster and Gypsum Board Finish TBD
C2050.20 21-03 20 50 20 Ceiling Paneling TBD
C2050.70 21-03 20 50 70 Ceiling Painting and Coating TBD
C2050.80 21-03 20 50 80 Acoustical Ceiling Treatment TBD
C2050.90 21-03 20 50 90 Ceiling Finish Supplementary Components TBD

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D 21-04 00 00 SERVICES
D10 21-04 10 Conveying

100 Schematic model elements that are not distinguishable by type

or material.
Component sizes and locations still flexible.
D1010 21-04 10 10 Vertical Conveying Systems

100 See D10
200 Generic representation of the system envelope, including

critical path of travel zones.
D1010.10 21-04 10 10 10 Elevators

Includes: Passenger and freight elevators of all types, including cars, enclosures, controls, safety equipment, hoist way equipment, and
elevator machinery. Includes associated metal fabrications including pit ladders.
14 21 43 / 14 24 13 / 14 24 23 / 14 24 33 / 14 24 43 / 14 26 00 / 14 27 00 / 14 28 00
100 See D10
200 See D1010
300 Specific system elements modeled by type, including all path of

travel zones.
Pits and/or control rooms and associated equipment to be
modeled if applicable.
Major structural support elements modeled.
Connections to mechanical or electrical services.
350 Sizing adjusted to the actual manufacturer specifications.

Guiding tracks/rails
Service/access zones

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 All connections, supports, framing, and other supplementary

components.
D1010.20 21-04 10 10 20 Lifts

Includes: Vertical or inclined lifts and related equipment for a variety of purposes. Sidewalk lifts include doors.
14 43 13 / 14 43 16 / 14 44 00 / 14 45 00
[See D1010.10]
D1010.30 21-04 10 10 30 Escalators

Includes: Passenger conveying systems composed of moving treads installed in inclined position including associated components,
hardware, controls, safety equipment, and related items.
[See D1010.10]
D1010.50 21-04 10 10 50 Dumbwaiters

Includes: Packaged and field assembled, motorized and hand- operated dumbwaiters including associated components for book lifts,
cart lifts, and other applications. Systems include associated components, hardware, controls, and safety equipment.
[See D1010.10]
D1010.60 21-04 10 10 60 Moving Ramps

Includes: Passenger conveying systems composed of moving belts installed in inclined position including associated components,
[See D1010.10]
D1030 21-04 10 30 Horizontal Conveying

[See D1010.10]
D1030.10 21-04 10 30 10 Moving Walks

Includes: Passenger conveying systems composed of moving belts installed in horizontal position including associated components,
[See D1010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D1030.30 21-04 10 30 30 Turntables

Includes: Structural turntables for various applications.
14 72 25 / 14 73 00 / 14 73 59 / 14 74 00 / 14 74 61
[See D1010.10]
D1030.50 21-04 10 30 50 Passenger Loading Bridges

Includes: Operating bridges for loading and unloading of passengers to and from aircraft and ships.
[See D1010.10]
D1030.70 21-04 10 30 70 People Movers

Includes: Single rail vehicles suspended from or straddle the guideway. Includes associated track, equipment, controls, and
accessories. Includes: Steep cable railways in which ascending cars counterbalance descending cars. Includes associated track,
cable. Includes: Steep slope transportation system utilizing moving cable. Includes associated cable, support structures, equipment,
controls, and accessories.
[See D1010.10]
D1050 21-04 10 50 Material Handling

100 See D10
200 Generic representation of the material handling system

envelope, including critical path of travel zones.
D1050.10 21-04 10 50 10 Cranes

Includes: Hoisting towers, cranes, crane rails, and related accessories.
100 See D10
200 See D1050
300 Specific system elements modeled by type, including all path

of travel/boom swing zones.
Lay-down/pick-up zones are modeled.
Major structural support elements modeled.
Connections to mechanical or electrical services.
350 Sizing adjusted to the actual manufacturer specifications.

Guiding tracks/rails
Service/access zones

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 All connections, supports, framing, and other supplementary

components.
D1050.20 21-04 10 50 20 Hoists

Includes: Manual and motor operated hoists and related accessories.
[See D1050.10]
D1050.30 21-04 10 50 30 Derricks

Includes: Manual and motor operated derricks and related accessories.
[See D1050.10]
D1050.40 21-04 10 50 40 Conveyors

Includes: Automatic guided vehicles, conveyors, diverters, and chutes. Includes controls and accessories.
[See D1050.10]
D1050.50 21-04 10 50 50 Baggage Handling Equipment

Includes: Operating equipment for handling, scanning, and weighing of baggage at terminals. Includes controls and accessories.
100 See D10
200 See D1050
D1050.60 21-04 10 50 60 Chutes

Includes: Chutes which support the operation of the building or structure.
[See D1050.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D1050.70 21-04 10 50 70 Pneumatic Tube Systems

Includes: Pneumatically operated tube system for the delivery of small items within a facility.Includes controls and accessories.
100 Diagrammatic elements or quantitative call outs;

conceptual and/or schematic flow diagrams;
103 D1050.70-LOD-100 Pneumatic Tube Systems
200 Generic elements;

schematic layout with approximate size, shape, and location of
equipment and tubing;
300 Modeled as design-specified elements;

specified size, shape, spacing, and location of equipment and
tubing;
approximate allowances for spacing and clearances required
for all specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control
that are to be utilized in the layout of all equipment and tubing;
access/code clearance requirements modeled.
350 Modeled as actual construction elements;

actual size, shape, spacing, and location/connections of
equipment and tubing;
actual size, shape, spacing, and clearances required for all
hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are
utilized in the layout of all equipment and tubing;
floor and wall penetrations modeled.
actual access/code clearance requirements modeled.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 Supplementary components added to the model required for

fabrication and field installation
D1080 21-04 10 80 Operable Access Systems

D1080.10 21-04 10 80 10 Suspended Scaffolding

Includes: Suspended scaffolding when part of the completed project.
D1080.20 21-04 10 80 20 Rope Climbers

Includes: Powered rope climbers to access exterior façade.
D1080.30 21-04 10 80 30 Elevating Platforms

Includes: Fixed elevating platforms to provide a movable elevated working platform for people and materials.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D1080.40 21-04 10 80 40 Powered Scaffolding

Includes: Powered scaffolding when part of the completed project.
D1080.50 21-04 10 80 50 Building Envelope Access

D20 21-04 20 Plumbing

100 Diagrammatic or schematic model elements;

conceptual and/or schematic layout/flow diagram;
design performance parameters as defined in the BIMXP to be
associated with model elements as non-graphic information.
D2010 21-04 20 10 Domestic Water Distribution

Includes: Facility domestic water distribution system. Include Domestic Water Distribution Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D20
200 Schematic layout of generic model elements with approximate

size, shape, and location of elements;
shaft requirements modeled;
D2010.10 21-04 20 10 10 Facility Potable-Water Storage Tanks

Includes: Tanks for storage of potable water serving a facility and located within, on, under, or closely associated with astructure.
100 See D20
200 Schematic layout with approximate size, shape, and location of

tank(s);
108 D2010.10-LOD-200 Facility Potable-Water

Storage Tanks

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Modeled as design-specified size, shape, spacing, and location

of tank(s);
for all specified anchors, supports, vibration and seismic control
that are utilized in the layout of tanks(s);

Storage Tanks
350 Modeled as actual construction elements size and shape,

spacing, and location/connections of tank(s)
Actual size and shape, spacing, and clearances required for all
specified anchors, supports, vibration and seismic control that
are utilized in the layout of tanks(s).

Storage Tanks

fabrication and field installation.

Storage Tanks
D2010.20 21-04 20 10 20 Domestic Water Equipment

Includes: Equipment for domestic water distribution system. Includes: Equipment for the softening of domestic water. Includes:
Equipment for the filtering of domestic water. Includes: Equipment to heat domestic water. Includes electric and fuel-fired equipment.
Includes: Equipment to heat domestic water by means of heat exchange.
22 35 00

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
100 See D20
112 D2010.20-LOD-100 Domestic Water Equipment

equipment; approximate access/code clearance requirements
modeled;

of equipment;
that are utilized in the layout of equipment;
350 Modeled as actual construction elements size, shape, spacing,

and location/connections of equipment;
Actual size, shape, spacing, and clearances required for all
are utilized in the layout of equipment.
400 See D2010.10
D2010.40 21-04 20 10 40 Domestic Water Piping

Includes: Piping, valves, and specialties associated with domestic water distribution located within, under, or closely associated with a
structure. Includes circulating pumps. May Include: Water service from the structure to the utility water service line.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

conceptual and/or schematic flow diagrams;

mains and risers;
117 D2010.40-LOD-200 Domestic Water Piping

of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains, and
branches;
that are to be utilized in the layout of all risers, mains, and
branches;

Actual size, shape, spacing, and location/connections of pipe,
valves, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains, and branches;
utilized in the layout of all risers, mains, and branches;
Actual floor and wall penetration elements modeled.
400 See D2010.10

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D2010.60 21-04 20 10 60 Plumbing Fixtures

Includes: Terminal devices on the domestic water plumbing system. Includes rough-in piping, trim, fittings, and connection to vent
piping.
22 41 23 / 22 41 26 / 22 41 36 / 22 41 39 / 22 42 00 / 22 42 13 / 22 42 16 / 22 42 19
22 42 23 / 22 42 26 / 22 42 29 / 22 42 33 / 22 42 36 / 22 42 39 / 22 42 43 / 22 43 00
22 43 13 / 22 43 16 / 22 43 19 / 22 43 23 / 22 43 39 / 22 43 43 / 22 45 00 / 22 45 13
22 45 16 / 22 45 26 / 22 45 29 / 22 45 33 / 22 45 36 / 22 46 00 / 22 46 13 / 22 46 16
22 46 39 / 22 46 43 / 22 46 53 / 22 47 00 / 22 47 13 / 22 47 23
100 See D20

fixtures;
carrier and wall width requirements modeled;
121 D2010.60-LOD-200 Plumbing Fixtures

of fixtures;
Approximate allowances for spacing and clearances required
for all specified supports that are to be utilized in the layout of
all fixtures;

and location/connections of fixtures/carriers;
supports that are utilized in the layout of all fixtures.
Actual access/code clearance requirements modeled.
400 See D2010.10

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D2010.90 21-04 20 10 90 Domestic Water Distribution Supplementary Components

Includes: Common work results for plumbing, plumbing insulation, and instrumentation.
Includes: expansion fittings, meters, gages, valves, hangers, supports, heat tracing, vibration and seismic controls.
22 05 29 / 22 05 33 / 22 05 48 / 22 05 53 / 22 07 00 / 22 09 00
D2020 21-04 20 20 Sanitary Drainage

Includes: Facility sanitary sewerage system located within, under, or closely associated with a structure. Include Sanitary Drainage
100 See D20
200 See D2010
D2020.10 21-04 20 20 10 Sanitary Sewerage Equipment

Includes: Interceptor, separator, pumps, and septic tanks that are part of facility sanitary sewerage system.
22 13 43 / 22 13 53
100 See D20

equipment;
125 D2020.10-LOD-200 Sanitary Sewerage

Equipment

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Modeled as design specified size, shape, spacing, and location

of equipment;
Approximate allowances for spacing and clearances required
that are utilized in the layout of equipment are modeled.
126.D2020.10-LOD-300 Sanitary Sewerage

Equipment
350 Actual size, shape, spacing, and clearances required for all
are utilized in the layout of equipment;

Equipment


Equipment
D2020.30 21-04 20 20 30 Sanitary Sewerage Piping

Includes: Sanitary waste and vent piping system within and under structures. May Include: Sanitary piping from the structure to the
utility sanitary sewer.
100 See D20

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

mains and risers; shaft requirements modeled;
129 D2020.30-LOD-200 Sanitary Sewerage Piping
300 Modeled as design-specified size, shape, spacing, location, and

slope of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains,
and branches;
Approximate allowances for spacing and clearances required for
all specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control
branches;
access/code clearance requirements modeled 130 D2020.30-LOD-300 Sanitary Sewerage Piping

Actual size, shape, spacing, location, connections, and slope of
pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains, and
branches;
hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are utilized
in the layout of all risers, mains, and branches;
Actual floor and wall penetration elements modeled.
Actual access/code clearance requirements modeled
400 See D2020.10
D2020.90 21-04 20 20 90 Sanitary Drainage Supplementary Components

Includes: Common work results for plumbing, plumbing insulation, and instrumentation and control for plumbing to be included with
sanitary drainage elements above as appropriate. Includes expansion fittings, meters, gages, valves, hangers, supports, heat tracing,
vibration and seismic controls.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
22 05 29 / 22 05 33 / 22 05 48 / 22 05 53 / 22 07 00 / 22 09 00
D2030 21-04 20 30 Building Support Plumbing Systems

Includes: Facility storm water drainage and gray water systems. Include Building Support Plumbing System Supplementary
Components as appropriate.
100 See D20
200 See D2010
D2030.10 21-04 20 30 10 Stormwater Drainage Equipment

Includes: Drainage pumps, and sump pumps that are part of stormwater drainage system.

conceptual and/or schematic layout;

equipment;
approximate access/code clearance requirements modeled;
133 D2030.10-LOD-200 Stormwater Drainage

Equipment
300 Modeled as design-specified size, shape, spacing, and

location of equipment;
for all specified anchors, supports, vibration and seismic
control that are utilized in the layout of equipment;

Equipment

and location/connections of equipment,

Equipment

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass


Equipment
D2030.20 21-04 20 30 20 Stormwater Drainage Piping

Includes: Storm drainage piping system within, under, or closely associated with a structure. Includes storm drains for areas closely
associated with a structure such as courtyards, plazas, and loading dock areas. May Include: Storm drainage piping from the structure
to the utility storm drain.
100 See D20
200 Schematic layout with approximate size, shape, and location

of mains and risers;
137 D2030.20-LOD-200 Stormwater Drainage Piping
300 Modeled as design-specified size, shape, spacing, location,

and slope of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers,
mains, and branches;
for all specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic
control that are to be utilized in the layout of all risers, mains,
and branches;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, location,

connections, and slope of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation
for risers, mains, and branches;
actual size and shape, spacing, and clearances required for
all hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are
actual floor and wall penetration elements modeled.
400 See D2030.10
D2030.30 21-04 20 30 30 Facility Stormwater Drains

Includes: Various types of drains to collect storm water.
100 See D20

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

of components;
141 D2030.30-LOD-200 Facility Stormwater Drains

location of components;
control that are to be utilized in the layout of all components;

and location/connections of components;
utilized in the layout of all components.
400 See D2030.10
D2030.60 21-04 20 30 60 Gray Water Systems

Includes: Systems to collect, treat, and distribute gray water for other uses such as irrigation.
[See D2030.20]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D2030.90 21-04 20 30 90 Building Support Plumbing System Supplementary

Components
Includes: Common work results for plumbing, plumbing insulation, and instrumentation and control for plumbing to be included with
building support plumbing system elements above as appropriate. Includes expansion fittings, meters, gages, valves, hangers,
supports, heat tracing, vibration and seismic controls.
22 05 29 / 22 05 33 / 22 05 48 / 22 05 53 / 22 07 00 / 22 09 00
D2050 21-04 20 50 General Service Compressed-Air

Includes: Compressed air system serving general service requirements
[See D2060.10 – Compressed-Air Systems]
D2060 21-04 20 60 Process Support Plumbing Systems

Includes: Process Support Plumbing System Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D20

mains and risers;
D2060.10 21-04 20 60 10 Compressed-Air Systems

100 See D20
200 See D2060
145 D2060.10-LOD-200 Compressed-Air Systems

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

slope of equipment/pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for
risers, mains, and branches;
branches;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, location, connections,

and slope of equipment/pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for
actual floor and wall penetrations modeled.

D2060.20 21-04 20 60 20 Vacuum Systems

Includes: Vacuum systems for laboratory and healthcare purposes.
[See D2060.10]
D2060.30 21-04 20 60 30 Gas Systems

Includes: Gas systems for laboratory and healthcare purposes.
[See D2060.10]
D2060.40 21-04 20 60 40 Chemical-Waste Systems

Includes: Chemical-waste systems for laboratory and healthcare purposes.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
[See D2060.10]
D2060.50 21-04 20 60 50 Processed Water Systems

Includes: Processed water systems for laboratory and healthcare purposes.
[See D2060.10]
D2060.90 21-04 20 60 90 Process Support Plumbing System Supplementary

Components
Includes expansion fittings, meters, gages, valves, hangers, supports, heat tracing, vibration and seismic controls. Includes: Common
work results for plumbing, plumbing insulation, and instrumentation and controls to be included with process support plumbing systems
elements above as appropriate.
22 05 33 / 22 05 48 / 22 05 53 / 22 07 00 / 22 09 00
D30 21-04 30 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning

(HVAC)

D3010 21-04 30 10 Facility Fuel Systems

Includes: Fuel-oil, gasoline, natural-gas, and liquefied-petroleum fuel systems associated with a structure.
100 See D30

element(s);
D3010.10 21-04 30 10 10 Fuel Piping

Includes: Fuel piping, valves, piping specialties, and other components within, under, or closely associated with a structure.
100 See D30

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See D3010
149 D3010.10-200 Fuel Piping

location of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers,
control that are to be utilized in the layout of all risers, mains,
and branches;
150 D3010.10-300 Fuel Piping
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and

location/connections of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for
151 D3010.10-350 Fuel Piping


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
152 D3010.10-400 Fuel Piping
D3010.30 21-04 30 10 30 Fuel Pumps

Includes: Fuel pumps within or closely associated with a structure.
100 See D30
200 See D3010

of equipment;
for all specified anchors, supports, vibration and seismic
control that are utilized in the layout of equipment;

location/connections of equipment;
400 See D3010.10
D3010.50 21-04 30 10 50 Fuel Storage Tanks

Includes: Fuel tanks under or closely associated with a structure.
100 See D30

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See D3010
153 D3010.50-LOD-200 Fuel Storage Tanks

of tank(s);
that are utilized in the layout of tanks(s);

location/connections of tank(s);
are utilized in the layout of tanks(s).
400 See D3010.10
D3020 21-04 30 20 Heating Systems

Includes: Associated ductwork, piping, valves, and specialties. Includes: Heating System Supplementary Components as appropriate.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
100 See D30

element(s);
D3020.10 21-04 30 20 10 Heat Generation

Includes: Boilers, furnaces, solar, geothermal, and biomass heat generation, fuel fired heaters, and heat exchangers. Includes: Fuel-
fired boilers and generators for hot water and steam systems. Includes breechings, chimneys, and stacks. Includes: Electric boilers
and generators for hot water and steam systems. Includes: Equipment to remove oxygen and other dissolved gases in boiler feed.
Includes: Fuel-fired and electric furnaces. Includes: Equipment powered by solar energy. Includes: Fuel-fired radiant and unit heaters.
Includes: Equipment used to transfer heat from one medium to another.
23 53 16 / 23 54 00 / 23 56 00 / 23 56 13 / 23 56 16 / 23 55 00 / 23 57 00
100 See D30
200 See D3020
157 D3020.10-LOD-200 Heat Generation

of equipment;
approximate allowances for spacing and clearances required for
all specified anchors, supports, vibration and seismic control that

location/connections of equipment,

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

D3020.30 21-04 30 20 30 Thermal Heat Storage

Includes: Equipment to store thermal energy for use in heating and with charging or discharging this energy at a controllable rate.
[See D3020.10]
D3020.70 21-04 30 20 70 Decentralized Heating Equipment

Includes: Heating equipment that serves a portion of a HVAC system. Includes: Convection units may provide heating and cooling.
Includes: Electric cables or panels and hydronic piping used for radiant heating for space heating.
23 82 19 / 23 82 23 / 23 82 26 / 23 82 29 / 23 82 33 / 23 82 36 / 23 82 39 / 23 83 00
[See D3020.10]
D3020.90 21-04 30 20 90 Heating System Supplementary Components

Includes: Common work results for HVAC, insulation, and instrumentation and control to be included in heating system elements above
as appropriate.
23 05 48 / 23 05 53 / 23 05 63 / 23 05 66 / 23 05 93 / 23 07 00 / 23 09 00
D3030 21-04 30 30 Cooling Systems

Includes: Associated ductwork, piping, valves, and specialties. Includes: Cooling System Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D30

element(s);

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D3030.10 21-04 30 30 10 Central Cooling

Includes: Refrigerant compressors, condensers, packaged compressor and condenser units, water chillers, and cooling towers.
Includes: Various type of compressors used in refrigeration process. Includes: Condensing units used to reject heat from the
refrigeration process. Includes: Compressor in combination with condensing units used to reject heat from the refrigeration process.
Includes: Various types of chillers used for building space cooling. Includes: Factory- and field-fabricated cooling towers and liquid
coolers. Includes piping and specialties; chemical water treatment; vibration and seismic controls; and integral controls not a part of the
condenser water distribution systems.
23 65 00
100 See D30
200 See D3030
161 D3030.10-LOD-200 Central Cooling

of equipment;
that are utilized in the layout of equipment;

location/connections of equipment;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

D3030.30 21-04 30 30 30 Evaporative Air-Cooling

Includes: Equipment used to reject heat from the refrigeration process by evaporation.
100 See D3030.10
200 See D3030.10
165 D3030.30-LOD-200 Evaporative Air-Cooling
300 See D3030.10

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 See D3030.10
400 See D3030.10
D3030.50 21-04 30 30 50 Thermal Cooling Storage

Includes: Equipment to store thermal energy for use in cooling and with charging or discharging this energy at a controllable rate.
[See D3030.10]
D3030.70 21-04 30 30 70 Decentralized Cooling

Includes: Cooling equipment that serves a portion of a HVAC system. Note: Convection units may provide heating and cooling.
23 81 26 / 23 81 43 / 23 81 46 / 23 82 00 / 23 82 13 / 23 82 14 / 23 82 16 / 23 82 19 /
23 82 23 / 23 82 26
[See D3030.10]
D3030.90 21-04 30 30 90 Cooling System Supplementary Components

work results for HVAC, insulation, and instrumentation and control to be included in cooling system elements above as appropriate.
23 05 48 / 23 05 53 / 23 05 63 / 23 05 66 / 23 05 93 / 23 07 00 / 23 09 00
D3050 21-04 30 50 Facility HVAC Distribution Systems

Includes: Facility Distribution Systems Supplementary Components as appropriate.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
100 See D30

element(s);
D3050.10 21-04 30 50 10 Facility Hydronic Distribution

Includes: Piping systems and equipment for distribution of heating hot water and cooling chilled water. Includes piping systems,
pumps, tanks, supports and anchors, vibration and seismic controls, identification, and piping and equipment insulation.
100 See D30
200 See D3050
169 D3050.10-LOD-200 Facility Hydronic distribution

slope of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains,
and branches;
all specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that
are to be utilized in the layout of all risers, mains, and branches;
170 D3050.10-LOD-300 Facility Hydronic Distribution

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, location, connections,

and slope of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for risers,
171 D3050.10-LOD-350 Facility Hydronic Distribution

172 D3050.10-LOD-400 Facility Hydronic

Distribution
D3050.30 21-04 30 50 30 Facility Steam Distribution

Includes: Piping systems and equipment for distribution of steam and condensate return. Includes piping systems, pumps, tanks,
supports and anchors, vibration and seismic controls, identification, and piping and equipment insulation.
[See D3050.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D3050.50 21-04 30 50 50 HVAC Air Distribution

Includes: Systems for distribution of air including supply systems, return systems, and general exhaust systems. Does not include
special exhaust systems such as kitchen hood, paint booth, and fume hood exhaust systems. Includes: Air-handling units consisting of
fans, coils, dampers, control devices, and other accessories. Includes: Ducts, duct accessories, fans, terminal units, and air inlets and
outlets. Includes: Devices of a variety of types to clean distribution air. Includes: Equipment that adds or removes moisture from a
medium in order to control the humidity.
23 34 00 / 23 31 00 / 23 32 00 / 23 33 00 / 23 36 00 / 23 37 00 / 23 40 00 / 23 41 00 /
23 42 00 / 23 43 00 / 23 84 00
100 See D30
200 See D3050

of duct, dampers, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains, and
branches;
all specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control
branches;

location/connections of duct, dampers, fittings, and insulation for
400 See D3050.10
D3050.90 21-04 30 50 90 Facility Distribution Systems Supplementary Components

work results for HVAC, insulation, and instrumentation and control to be included in distribution system elements above as appropriate.
23 05 29 / 23 05 33 / 23 05 48 / 23 05 53 / 23 05 63 / 23 05 66 / 23 05 93 / 23 07 00 /
23 09 00
D3060 21-04 30 60 Ventilation

Includes: Supply air, return air, exhaust air, outside air, and air cleaning systems. Includes Ventilation Supplementary Components as
appropriate.
100 See D30

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

mains and risers;
D3060.10 21-04 30 60 10 Supply Air

23 37 00
100 See D30
200 See D3060
173 D3060.10-LOD-200 Supply Air

of duct, dampers, fittings, and insulation for risers, mains, and
branches;
approximate specified allowances for spacing and clearances
required for all hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control
branches;

location/connections of duct, dampers, fittings, and insulation for

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

D3060.20 21-04 30 60 20 Return Air

[See D3060.10]
D3060.30 21-04 30 60 30 Exhaust Air
Includes: Special systems for exhausting air such as kitchen hood, paint booth, and fume hood exhaust systems.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 23 35 00 / 23 35 13.13 / 23 35 16 / 23 38 00 / 23 38 13 /
23 38 16 / 23 34 00 / 23 31 00 / 23 32 00 / 23 33 00 / 23 37 00
100 See D30
200 See D3060
177 D3060.30-LOD-200 Exhaust Air

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Modeled as design-specified size, shape, spacing, location, duct slope

(if required), dampers, fittings, insulation for risers, mains, and branches;
approximate specified allowances for spacing and clearances required
for all hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are to be
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, location, and slope(if

required)/connections of duct, dampers, fittings, and insulation for risers,
actual size, shape, spacing, and clearances required for all hangers,
supports, vibration and seismic control that are utilized in the layout of
all risers, mains, and branches;
400 See D3060.10
D3060.40 21-04 30 60 40 Outside Air

23 37 00
[See D3060.10]
D3060.60 21-04 30 60 60 Air-to-Air Energy Recovery

Includes: Air-to-air energy recovery units.
[See D3060.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D3060.70 21-04 30 60 70 HVAC Air Cleaning

[See D3060.10]
D3060.90 21-04 30 60 90 Ventilation Supplementary Components

work results for HVAC, insulation, and instrumentation and control to be included in ventilation elements above as appropriate.
23 05 63 / 23 05 66 / 23 05 93 / 23 07 00 / 23 09 00
D3070 21-04 30 70 Special Purpose HVAC Systems

100 See D30

components;
D3070.10 21-04 30 70 10 Snow Melting

Includes: Electric cables and hydronic piping used for snow and ice control.
100 See D30
200 See D3070
300 Modeled as design-specified size, shape, spacing, and location of

supplementary components;
approximate allowances for spacing and clearances required for all
specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are to be
utilized in the layout of all supplementary components;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location/connections of

supplementary components;
supports, vibration and seismic control that are utilized in the layout of all
supplementary components.
400 Supplementary components added to the model required for fabrication

and field installation.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D40 21-04 40 Fire Protection


D4010 21-04 40 10 Fire Suppression

Includes: Fire Suppression Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D40
200 Schematic layout with approximate size, shape, and location of mains and
risers;
D4010.10 21-04 40 10 10 Water-Based Fire-Suppression

Includes: Systems that use water for fire extinguishing and suppression. Includes piping, fittings, and specialties; hoses, valves,
cabinets; fire pumps, accessories, and controls. Includes: Piping, fittings, valves, hangers, supports, other specialties, and sprinklers
for fire protection systems. Includes limited area sprinkler systems, fire pumps, accessories, and controls.
21 13 13 / 21 13 16 / 21 13 19 / 21 13 23 / 21 13 26 / 21 13 29 / 21 13 36 / 21 13 39 /
21 30 00 / 21 40 00
100 See D40
200 See D4010
181 D4010.10-LOD-200 Water-Based Fire-

Suppression

pipe/slope(if required)/valves/fittings/insulation for risers, mains, and
branches/standpipes;
specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are
to be utilized in the layout of all risers, mains, and
branches/standpipes;
access/code clearance requirements modeled. 182 D4010.10-LOD-300 Water-Based Fire-
Suppression

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location/ slope(if

required)/connections of pipe, valves, fittings, and insulation for
risers, mains, and branches/standpipes;
hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are utilized in
the layout of all risers, mains, and branches/standpipes;
Suppression


Suppression
D4010.50 21-04 40 10 50 Fire-Extinguishing

Includes: Systems that use other than water for fire extinguishing and suppression. Includes piping, fittings, and specialties; valves,
accessories, and controls.
[See D4010.10]
D4010.90 21-04 40 10 90 Fire Suppression Supplementary Components

Includes: Expansion fittings and loops, meters and gages, general-duty valves, hanger and supports, heat tracing, vibration and seismic
controls, identification, insulation, and instrumentation and control to be included in fire protection elements above as appropriate.
21 05 29 / 21 05 33 / 21 05 48 / 21 05 53 / 21 07 00 / 21 09 00
D4030 21-04 40 30 Fire Protection Specialties

Includes: Firefighting devices and storage cabinets except devices connected to a fire suppression system.
100 See D40

components;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D4030.10 21-04 40 30 10 Fire Protection Cabinets

100 See D40
200 See D4030

components;
specified hangers, supports, vibration and seismic control that are to be
utilized in the layout of all components;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location/connections of

components;
supports, vibration and seismic control that are utilized in the layout of all
components.

D4030.30 21-04 40 30 30 Fire Extinguishers

[See D4030.10]
D4030.50 21-04 40 30 50 Breathing Air Replenishment Systems

[See D4030.10]
D4030.70 21-04 40 30 70 Fire Extinguisher Accessories

[See D4030.10]
D50 21-04 50 Electrical

100 Diagrammatic or schematic model elements:


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D5010 21-04 50 10 Facility Power Generation

Includes: Power Generation Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D50

equipment;
D5010.10 21-04 50 10 10 Packaged Generator Assemblies

Includes: Generator, frequency changers, and rotary converters and uninterruptible power units.
26 32 26 / 26 32 29 / 26 32 33
100 See D50
200 See D5010
185 D5010.10-LOD-200 Packaged Generator

Assemblies

equipment and associated components;
specified supports and seismic control;

Assemblies
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location of equipment

and associated components;
actual size, shape, spacing, and location for supports and seismic
control;
actual size, shape, and location/connections of equipment and
support structure/pads.
Assemblies

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass


Assemblies
D5010.20 21-04 50 10 20 Battery Equipment

Includes: Batteries, battery racks, battery chargers, static power converters, uninterruptible power supplies, and accessories.
26 33 33 / 26 33 43 / 26 33 46 / 26 33 53
[See D5010.10]
D5010.30 21-04 50 10 30 Photovoltaic Collectors

Includes: Solar cells to convert sunlight to electricity.
[See D5010.10]
D5010.40 21-04 50 10 40 Fuel Cells

Includes: Fuel cell electricity generating equipment.
[See D5010.10]
D5010.60 21-04 5010 60 Power Filtering and Conditioning TBD
D5010.70 21-04 50 10 70 Transfer Switches

Includes: Switches that transfer from one source of electricity to another.
[See D5010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D5010.90 21-05 50 10 90 Facility Power Generation Supplementary TBD

Components
D5020 21-04 50 20 Electrical Service and Distribution

Includes: Electrical Service and Distribution Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D50

of equipment;
D5020.10 21-04 50 20 10 Electrical Service Entrance

Includes: Meters, substations, transformers, switchgear, switchboards, and protective devices where electrical power enters structure.
26 13 00 / 22 23 00 / 26 18 00 / 22 28 00
100 See D50
200 See D5020

location of equipment and associated components;
for all specified supports and seismic control;
189 D5020.10-LOD-300 Electrical Service Entrance
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location of

actual size, shape, spacing, and location for supports and
seismic control;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

D5020.30 21-04 50 20 30 Power Distribution

Includes: Bus assemblies, distribution equipment, and electrical wiring system to distribute electrical power to switchboards,
panelboards, and motor control centers.
26 25 00 / 26 27 00 / 26 27 16 / 26 05 33 / 26 05 43 / 26 05 36 / 26 05 13
100 See D50
200 See D5020

location of raceways, boxes, enclosures, and equipment;
for all specified hangers, supports and seismic control;
192 D5020.30-LOD-300 Power Distribution

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

raceways, boxes, and enclosures;
seismic control;
support structure/pads;
actual floor and wall penetration elements are modeled.

D5020.70 21-04 50 20 70 Facility Grounding

Includes: Raceways, wiring and devices for grounding and bonding an electrical distribution system.
100 See D50
200 See D5020

location of raceways, boxes, enclosures, and the electrical
equipment and end-devices served;
for all specified hangers, supports, and seismic control;

raceways, boxes, enclosures, and the electrical equipment
and end-devices served;
seismic control;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

D5020.90 21-04 50 20 90 Electrical Service and Distribution TBD

Supplementary Components
D5030 21-04 50 30 General Purpose Electrical Power

Includes: General Purpose Electrical Power Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D50

of equipment;
D5030.10 21-04 50 30 10 Branch Wiring System

Includes: Raceways, ducts, cable trays, and wiring to deliver power from branch panelboards to the point of use.
100 See D50
200 See D5030

location of raceways, boxes, and enclosures;
195 D5030.10-LOD-300 Branch Wiring System

raceways, boxes, enclosures;
seismic control;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
196 D5030.10-LOD-350 Branch Wiring System

D5030.50 21-04 50 30 50 Wiring Devices

Includes: Electrical devices at point of use including electrical outlets and switches.
100 See D50
200 See D5030

location of outlet boxes and devices;

outlet boxes and devices.

D5030.90 21-04 50 30 90 General Purpose Electrical Power TBD

Supplementary Components
D5040 21-04 50 40 Lighting

Includes: Lighting Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D50

of equipment;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D5040.10 21-04 50 40 10 Lighting Control

Includes: Clock and calendar, photoelectric switches, occupancy sensors, and light-leveling control devices.
26 09 61
100 See D50
200 See D5040

location of enclosures, equipment, and devices;

enclosures, equipment, and control devices;
actual size, shape, and location/connections of equipment
and control devices.

D5040.20 21-04 50 40 20 Branch Wiring for Lighting

Includes: Raceways, ducts, cable trays, and wiring beyond branch circuit panelboards to lighting fixtures.
100 See D50
200 See D5040

location of raceways, boxes, and enclosures to fixture
locations;
for all specified hangers, supports, and seismic control.

raceways, boxes, and enclosures to fixture locations;
seismic control;

D5040.50 21-04 50 40 50 Lighting Fixtures

Includes: Luminaires, lighting equipment, ballasts, and accessories. Includes fluorescent, high intensity discharge, incandescent,
mercury vapor, neon, and sodium vapor lighting.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
26 55 00 / 26 55 23 / 26 55 29 / 26 55 33 / 26 55 36 / 26 55 39 / 26 55 53 / 26 55 59 /
26 55 61 / 26 55 63 / 26 55 70
100 See D50
200 See D5040

location of lighting fixtures;
197 D5040.50-LOD-300 Lighting Fixtures

lighting fixtures.
seismic control.
198 D5040.50-LOD-350 Lighting Fixtures

D5040.90 21-04 50 40 90 Lighting Supplementary Components TBD
D5080 21-04 50 80 Miscellaneous Electrical Systems

Includes: Miscellaneous Electrical Systems Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See D50

of equipment;
D5080.10 21-04 50 80 10 Lightning Protection

Includes: Wiring and equipment for lightning protection.
26 41 23
100 See D50

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 See D5080

location of raceways, boxes, enclosures including the
electrical equipment and end-devices served;

raceways, boxes, enclosures including the electrical
equipment, fixtures, and end-devices served
seismic control;
actual size, shape, and location/connections of equipment
and support structure/pads;

D5080.40 21-04 50 80 40 Cathodic Protection TBD
D5080.70 21-04 50 80 70 Transient Voltage Suppression

Includes: Devices to protect against voltage surges on electrical distribution systems.
100 See D50
200 See D5080

location of equipment;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location of the

equipment;
seismic control.


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D5080.90 21-04 50 80 90 Miscellaneous Electrical Systems Supplementary TBD

Components
D60 21-04 60 Communications

D6010 21-04 60 10 Data Communications

Includes: Communications Supplementary Components as appropriate.
D6010.10 21-04 60 10 10 Data Communications Network Equipment TBD
D6010.20 21-04 60 10 20 Data Communications Hardware TBD
D6010.30 21-04 60 10 30 Data Communications Peripheral Data Equipment TBD
D6020 21-04 60 20 Voice Communications

D6030 21-04 60 30 Audio-Video Communication

D6060 21-04 60 60 Distributed Communications and Monitoring

D6090 21-04 60 90 Communications Supplementary Components

D70 21-04 70 Electronic Safety and Security


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
D7010 21-04 70 10 Access Control and Intrusion Detection

Includes: Electronic Safety and Security Supplementary Components as appropriate.
D7030 21-04 70 30 Electronic Surveillance

Includes: Equipment for detecting and controlling access by persons to a facility site, building, or within a building. Includes Electronic
Safety and Security Supplementary Components as appropriate.
D7050 21-04 70 50 Detection and Alarm

Includes: Equipment for detecting hazardous conditions in a building or on a facility site and communicating an alarm signal. Includes
alarm devices, detection devices, safety switches, and associated items. Includes Electronic Safety and Security Supplementary
Components as appropriate.
D7070 21-04 70 70 Electronic Monitoring and Control

Includes: Electronic Safety and Security Supplementary Components as appropriate.
D7090 21-04 70 90 Electronic Safety and Security Supplementary

Components
D80 21-04 80 Integrated Automation

D8010 21-04 80 10 Integrated Automation Facility Controls

Includes: Hardware and/or software that allows the building automation system to monitor and control other facility equipment and
systems. Includes Integrated Automation Supplementary Components as appropriate.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E 21-05 00 00 EQUIPMENT & FURNISHINGS

E10 21-05 10 Equipment


design performance parameters as defined in the BIMXP to be associated
with model elements as non-graphic information.
E1010 21-05 10 10 Vehicle and Pedestrian Equipment

100 See E10

equipment;
E1010.10 21-05 10 10 10 Vehicle Servicing Equipment

Includes: Equipment associated with vehicle service facilities.
100 See E10
200 See E1010

specified supports and seismic control;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location of equipment and
associated components;
actual size, shape, spacing, and location for supports and seismic control;
actual size, shape, and location of service connections and support
structure/pads.


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E1010.30 21-05 10 10 30 Interior Parking Control Equipment

Includes: Equipment associated with the control of movement of vehicle parking.
11 12 33
[See E1010.10]
E1010.50 21-05 10 10 50 Loading Dock Equipment

Includes: Equipment for the protection of service docks and for the loading and unloading of service vehicles.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 11 13 00 / 11 13 13 / 11 13 16 / 11 13 19.13 / 11 13 19.23 /
11 13 26
[See E1010.10]
E1010.70 21-05 10 10 70 Interior Pedestrian Control Equipment

Includes: Equipment associated with the control of movement of pedestrians.
11 14 53
[See E1010.10]
E1030 21-05 10 30 Commercial Equipment

[See E1010]
E1030.10 21-05 10 30 10 Mercantile and Service Equipment

Includes: Equipment used in retail and service stores.
11 21 53
[See E1010.10]
E1030.20 21-05 10 30 20 Vault Equipment

Includes: Equipment specifically designed for money or valuable material storage, including vault ventilators and specialized security
equipment.
[See E1010.10]
E1030.25 21-05 10 30 25 Teller and Service Equipment

Includes: Equipment specifically designed for handling and transfer of money and other high-security items.
11 17 36
[See E1010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E1030.30 21-05 10 30 30 Refrigerated Display Equipment

Includes: Display cases that include refrigeration.
[See E1010.10]
E1030.35 21-05 10 30 35 Commercial Laundry and Dry Cleaning Equipment

Includes: Equipment for commercial laundry and dry cleaning operations including coin-operated equipment.
11 23 26 / 11 23 33 / 11 23 43
[See E1010.10]
E1030.40 Maintenance Equipment

Includes: Built-in and free-standing equipment for building maintenance.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 11 24 00 / 11 24 13 / 11 24 16 / 11 24 19 / 11 24 23.13
[See E1010.10]
E1030.50 21-05 10 30 50 Hospitality Equipment

Includes: Specialized equipment for the purpose of registering, admitting, and controlling rooms and other information at hotels, motels,
hospitals, and other similar facilities.
[See E1010.10]
E1030.55 21-05 10 30 55 Unit Kitchens

Includes: Manufactured units incorporating plumbing fixtures, appliances, casework and countertops.
[See E1010.10]
E1030.60 21-05 10 30 60 Photographic Processing Equipment

Includes: Photographic film processing equipment and other products for darkroom use.
[See E1010.10]
E1030.70 21-05 10 30 70 Postal, Packaging and Shipping Equipment

Includes: Equipment for normal mailing, packaging, shipping, and delivery operations for professional, commercial, and institutional
applications.
[See E1010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E1030.75 21-05 10 30 75 Office Equipment

Includes: Computers, printers, copiers, drafting equipment, plotters, carto-stereographs, and other equipment used in offices.
[See E1010.10]
E1030.80 21-05 10 30 80 Foodservice Equipment

Includes: Equipment used for liquid and solid food storage, preparation, display, serving, and clean-up in commercial and institutional
kitchens and bars.
11 41 33 / 11 42 00 / 11 43 00 / 11 41 13 / 11 41 16 / 11 44 00 / 11 44 13 / 11 44 16 /
11 46 00 / 11 46 13 / 11 46 16 / 11 46 19 / 11 47 00 / 11 48 00 / 11 48 13
[See E1010.10]
E1040 21-05 10 40 Institutional Equipment
[See E1010]
E1040.10 21-05 10 40 10 Educational and Scientific Equipment

Includes: Equipment associated with libraries, education facilities, laboratories, planetariums, observatories, and museums.
11 51 23 / 11 52 00 / 11 52 13 / 11 52 16 / 11 52 19 / 11 53 00 / 11 53 13 / 11 53 16 /
11 53 19 / 11 53 23 / 11 53 33 / 11 53 43 / 11 53 53 / 11 55 00 / 11 55 13 / 11 55 16 /
11 56 00 / 11 56 13 / 11 57 00 / 11 59 00 / 11 95 00 / 11 95 13
[See E1010.10]
E1040.20 21-05 10 40 20 Healthcare Equipment

Includes: Specialized equipment for healthcare facilities for humans and animals. Includes film illuminators, fluoroscopes, hubbard
tubs, radio isotopic equipment, and surgical equipment.
11 74 00 / 11 75 00 / 11 76 00 / 11 77 00 / 11 78 00 / 11 78 13 / 11 78 16 / 11 78 19 /
11 79 00
[See E1010.10]
E1040.40 21-05 10 40 40 Religious Equipment

Includes: Built-in and free-standing religious equipment, including baptistery and chancel fittings.
[See E1010.10]
E1040.60 21-05 10 40 60 Security Equipment

Includes: Equipment specifically designed for secure operations.
[See E1010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E1040.70 21-05 10 40 70 Detention Equipment

Includes: Equipment specifically designed for detention facilities.
[See E1010.10]
E1060 21-05 10 60 Residential Equipment

Includes: Built-in and free-standing appliances and other components specifically for residential use.
[See E1010]
E1060.10 21-05 10 60 10 Residential Appliances

[See E1010.10]
E1060.50 21-05 10 60 50 Residential Stairs

[See B1080]
E1060.70 21-05 10 60 70 Residential Ceiling Fans

[See E1010.10]
E1070 21-05 10 70 Entertainment and Recreational Equipment

Includes: Equipment for use in athletic, recreational, and therapeutic activities.
[See E1010]
E1070.10 21-05 10 70 10 Theater and Stage Equipment

Includes: Equipment for support of theatrical, instrumental, and voice programs. Includes cycloramas, entertainment ticket dispensers,
scenery and flats, and tormentors.
[See E1010.10]
E1070.20 21-05 10 70 20 Musical Equipment

Includes: Musical instruments, including prefabricated and field assembled instruments.
[See E1010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E1070.50 21-05 10 70 50 Athletic Equipment

Includes: Equipment for use in interior athletic and exercise activities.
[See E1010.10]
E1070.60 21-05 10 70 60 Recreational Equipment

Includes: Equipment for use in recreational activities. Includes curling rinks and pistol and rifle range equipment.
11 67 53
[See E1010.10]
E1090 21-05 10 90 Other Equipment

[See E1010]
E1090.10 21-05 10 90 10 Solid Waste Handling Equipment

Includes: Equipment involving the collection, shredding, compaction, removal and incineration of trash and other solid waste
11 82 26 / 11 82 29 / 11 82 33 / 11 82 36
[See E1010.10]
E1090.30 21-05 10 90 30 Agricultural Equipment

Includes: Equipment related to land cultivating, raising crops, and feeding, breeding, and raising of livestock.
[See E1010.10]
E1090.40 21-05 10 90 40 Horticultural Equipment

Includes: Equipment related to cultivating flowers, fruits, vegetables, or ornamental plants.
11 93 26 / 11 93 29 / 11 93 33 / 32 86 00
[See E1010.10]
E1090.60 21-05 10 90 60 Decontamination Equipment

Includes: Equipment associated with decontamination operations.
[See E1010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E20 21-05 20 Furnishings

100 A schematic model element or symbol that is not distinguishable by type or

material.
Types, layouts, and locations are still flexible.
E2010 21-05 20 10 Fixed Furnishings

100 See E20
200 Generic model elements with approximate nominal size.

Placement and quantity remains flexible.

E2010.10 21-05 20 10 10 Fixed Art

Includes: Interior and exterior fixed art objects.
12 14 00 / 12 17 00 / 12 19 00
100 See E20
200 See E2010
300 Modeled types with specific dimensions, locations, and quantities.
350 Include any applicable service or installation clearances.

Include any applicable support and connection points.

E2010.20 21-05 20 10 20 Window Treatments

Includes: Interior window coverings and associated hardware and controls.
12 25 00
[See E2010.10]
E2010.30 21-05 20 10 30 Casework

Includes: Custom and manufactured stock design steel, wood, and laminate faced cabinets and other casework units. Includes
countertops with integral sinks, fixtures and accessories.
12 35 33 / 12 35 50 / 12 35 53 / 12 35 59 / 12 35 70 / 12 35 91 / 12 36 00
[See E2010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
E2010.70 21-05 20 10 70 Fixed Multiple Seating

Includes: Fixed, and telescoping seating for theaters, auditoriums, lecture halls, stadiums, arenas, gymnasiums, religious buildings,
restaurants, and other facilities where multiple seating is required.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 12 60 00 / 12 61 00 / 12 63 00 / 13 34 16.53 / 12 64 00 /
12 65 00 / 12 66 00 / 12 67 00 / 12 68 00
[See E2010.10]
E2010.90 21-05 20 10 90 Other Fixed Furnishings

Includes: Fixed artificial plants, planters, and accessories.
[See E2010.10]
E2050 21-05 20 50 Movable Furnishings

Includes: Items of moveable furniture and furnishing accessories. Includes furniture for a variety of uses including classroom,
dormitory, ecclesiastical, hotel and motel, laboratory, library, lounge, medical, office, restaurant, and residential.
[See E2010]
E2050.10 21-05 20 50 10 Movable Art

Includes: Interior and exterior moveable art objects such as paintings, and sculpture.
[See E2010.10]
E2050.30 21-05 20 50 30 Furniture

Includes: Movable interior furniture.
12 53 00 / 12 54 00 / 12 54 13 / 12 54 16 / 12 55 00 / 12 56 00 / 12 56 33 / 12 56 39 /
12 56 43 / 12 56 51 / 12 56 52 / 12 56 53 / 12 56 70 / 12 57 00 / 12 57 13 / 12 57 16 /
12 58 00 / 12 59 00
[See E2010.10]
E2050.40 21-05 20 50 40 Accessories

Includes: Interior furnishing accessories not attached to permanent construction.
12 44 16 / 12 45 00 / 12 46 00 / 12 48 00
[See E2010.10]
E2050.60 21-05 20 50 60 Movable Multiple Seating

Includes: Portable seating for auditoriums, lecture halls, stadiums, arenas, gymnasiums, religious buildings, restaurants, and other
facilities where multiple seating is required.
[See E2010.10]
E2050.90 21-05 20 50 90 Other Movable Furnishings

Includes: Moveable artificial plants, and planters.
[See E2010.10]

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
F 21-06 00 00 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION &

DEMOLITION
F10 21-06 10 Special Construction

F1010 21-06 10 10 Integrated Construction

F1020 21-06 10 20 Special Structures

F1020.40 21-06 10 20 40 Special Structures: Metal Building Systems

Includes: Prefabricated buildings and structures assembled on temporary and permanent foundations.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 13 34 00 / 01 88 13 / 13 34 13 / 13 34 16 / 13 34 19 / 13 34 56
100 Generic mass of special structure with system

typically noted with a design narrative for conceptual
pricing.
199 F1020.40-LOD 100 Metal Building Systems

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
F1020.40.10 21-06 10 20 40 Special Structures: Metal Building Systems -

Primary Framing and Bracing
200 Generic mass of frame shown in an approximate

location, and a general span/direction with a design
narrative for conceptual pricing.
Model elements to include:
 Framing grids defined.
 Sections shapes shown but profiles, tapers
and plate thicknesses and flange widths still
flexible.
 Primary braced bay locations
 End wall framing type (i.e., main frame
versus post and beam)
 Crane runways
200 F1020.40-LOD 200 Metal Building Systems -

Primary Framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Metal Building System components including:

 Endwall or wind column
 End frame main members
 Module or interior columns
 Frames and main members
o Columns
o Rafters
 Roof and wall diagonal bracing
 Crane beams
 Specific sizes of frame structural members,
all with correct orientation
 Web tapers
 Frame connection type (Extended/Flush)
 Any lateral bracing components connecting
to frame or foundation (i.e., portal frames,
fixed base columns, diagonal bracing - rods
or cables, struts) all with specific sizes and 201 F1020.40-LOD 300 Metal Building Systems -
orientation. Primary Framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Base plate locations
 Bracing components (i.e. gussets)
 Critical or large elements of connections
applied to all structural steel connections
such as base plates, gusset plates, anchor
rods, etc.
 Clips required for connection to secondary
framing
 Any miscellaneous steel members with
correct orientation required for the frame
structure. (i.e., roof beams, spandrels)
 Any steel structure reinforcement such as
web stiffeners, connection plate stiffeners,
sleeve penetrations, etc. required for
coordination.

Primary Framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
400 Element modeling to include fabrication level

information:
 Welds
 Reinforcement plates
 Bolts, nuts, washers, etc.
 Holes, slots, etc., including holes for future
element attachments

Primary Framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

Secondary Framing
200 Generic mass of special structure with system

typically noted with a design narrative for conceptual
pricing. Generic open wall conditions identified (i.e.,
open for material by others, open for passage, etc.)
Approximate overall depth and extent represented by
secondary roof and wall framing members.
204 F1020.40-LOD 200 Metal Building

Systems - Secondary Framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
300 Metal Building System components, including:

 Purlins and bridging
 Eave strut
 Sidewall girts
 Endwall girts
 Sag braces
 Framed openings (jambs, headers, etc.)
 Window sub-frames
 Walk door sub-frames
 Wall member connection type
(Flush/Bypass/Inset)
 Base condition (i.e., angle, channel, tube)

 Specific sizes of main structural members,
(mass for open web members), all with
correct orientation
Secondary Framing

 Nested members
 Connections for member bracing
 Clips joining secondary framing members
 Large elements of typical connections
applied to all secondary steel connections
such as girt to column, purlin to rafter, jamb
to girt, header to jamb, etc.
 Secondary angles, including sheeting angles
and rake angles
 Base attachment members
 Any miscellaneous secondary steel members
with correct orientation, i.e. canopies,
parapets, door framing, etc.
 Web members and bridging for open web
purlins
 For bar joist, see Steel Open Web Joists
LOD. 206 F1020.40-LOD 350 Metal Building Systems-
Secondary Framing

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

information:
 Welds
 Bolts, nuts, washers, screws, and fasteners
 Holes cut for bracing
 Nested member attachments
 Continuous web vs. open web

Secondary Framing

Cladding and Exterior Trim
 Panel:
o Generic mass of panel with a
generic profile or graphical texture
shown,
o Openings/Voids are represented,
identifying cladding boundaries
within the wall/roof plane.
 Trim:
o Major exterior trim used to separate
roof and walls and trim used for
aesthetic accent, represented by a
generic trim profile.
208 F1020.40-LOD 200 Metal Building Systems –


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
 Panel:
o Panel with actual profile or graphical
texture shown, filling the boundary
set by the plane object.
o Significant accessories (i.e., light
transmitting panels, ridge vents,
curbs) shown
o Openings/Voids are represented in
true dimensions/locations.
 Trim:
o Major trims (primary exterior pieces) 209 F1020.40-LOD 300 Metal Building Systems –
are shown, represented by the Cladding and Exterior Trim
actual trim profile, thickness, and
color.
 Gutters
 Corner boxes
 Corners
 Open wall trim
 Framed opening trim
 Panel:
o Actual profile modeled filling the
boundary set by the plane object.
o Closures
o Downspouts
 Trim:
o Minor trims (end caps, transition
pieces, etc.) are shown generically.
Other non-graphic information may be included such

as:
Textual information on installation details
210 F1020.40-LOD 350 Metal Building Systems –

F1020.40-LOD 350 Metal Building Systems –


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

information:
 Panel:
o Individual panel objects, with actual
profile shown, positioned accurately
within the building plane boundary
and shown at installed length.
o Fasteners at critical locations
o Closures
o Cinch straps
o Caulk/mastic and other field-
installed weather-tightness
materials shown at critical locations
 Trim:
o Minor trims (end caps, transition
pieces, etc.) are shown accurately.
o Attachment or accessories
(fasteners, etc.) shown at critical
locations.
o Caulk/mastic and other field-
installed weather-tightness
materials shown at critical locations
Other non-graphic information may be included such

as:
Additional material and its installation instructions
required for proper installation
Mark identification that correlates with bill of material
(i.e., piece mark)
Fastener material and installation instructions
Caulk/mastic and other field-installed weather-
tightness materials and installation instructions
F1030 21-06 10 30 Special Function Construction

F1050 21-06 10 50 Special Facility Components

F1060 21-06 10 60 Athletic and Recreational Special Construction

Includes: Special construction for athletic and recreational activities that are directly related to the adjacent construction.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
F1080 21-06 10 80 Special Instrumentation

Includes: Instrumentation for measuring and recording phenomena such as stresses in structures, solar and wind energy, and effects
of earthquakes.
F20 21-06 20 Facility Remediation

F2010 21-06 20 10 Hazardous Materials Remediation

Includes: Remediation for abatement and removal and disposal of contaminated materials within structures.
F30 21-06 30 Demolition

F3010 21-06 30 10 Structure Demolition

Includes: Complete removal and disposal of structures.
F3030 21-06 30 30 Selective Demolition

Includes: Removal and disposal of parts of structures.
F3050 21-06 30 50 Structure Moving

Includes: Preparation and processes of relocating and raising structures.

G 21-07 00 00 BUILDING SITEWORK

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
G10 21-07 10 Site Preparation

100 A simple topographic surface is provided.
211 G10-LOD-100 Site Preparation

 Approximate size/location of utilities and structures
 Approximate code and clearance requirements
 Approximate pipe material
 Rough modeling of site grading
G1010 21-07 10 10 Site Clearing

Includes: Removal of vegetation from the site, including stripping of sod and soil, and tree pruning for site clearing.
G1020 21-07 10 20 Site Elements Demolition

Includes: Removal of above and below grade site improvements.
G1030 21-07 10 30 Site Element Relocations

Includes: Relocation of utility systems.
G1050 21-07 10 50 Site Remediation

Includes: Remediation of contaminated sites.
Associated Masterformat Sections: 02 50 00 / 01 89
G1070 21-07 10 70 Site Earthwork

Includes: Moving earth to establish new contours and elevations.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
G1070.10 21-07 10 70 10 Grading

Includes: Earthmoving to reshape contours.
100 Existing Surface: 3D surface generated from site topography, with grade
breaks and lines as needed to define accurate surface. 3D site features
included if provided by surveyor (i.e. walls, signage, stairs, etc., as defined
in Survey LOC-Grade)
Proposed Surface: Generic Surface Interpolation between the following
elements: Building Envelope at Finish Floor, Finish Grade at Retaining
Walls, Grading Limits
Local Coordinate Control. Shared Coordinate from Building Grid base
point to real-world project control
200 Existing Surface: Added definition from supplemental survey, revised

limits of work
Proposed Surface: Added definition including curbs, hardscape, finish
surface at building envelopes (to correspond to stem walls/deepened
footings).
300 Existing Surface: Added definition from supplemental survey, revised

limits of work
Proposed Surface: Complete and accurate surface definition based on
defined fine grading, grade breaks, curbs, hardscape, buildings, swales,
etc.
G20 21-07 20 Site Improvements

100 Diagrammatic or schematic model elements.

 Approximate size/location of utilities and structures
 Approximate code and clearance requirements
 Approximate pipe material
 Rough modeling of site grading
 Local structural building grids defined in model and coordinated
with global state plane coordinate system for site model.
G2010 21-07 20 10 Roadways

Includes: Pavement, curbs and gutters, appurtenances, lighting, and vehicle fare collection for roadways.May Include: Site earthwork.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
G2020 21-07 20 20 Parking Lots

Includes: Pavement, curbs and gutters, appurtenances, lighting, and parking control equipment for parking lots.May Include: Site
earthwork
G2020.10 21-07 20 20 10 Parking Lot Pavement

Includes: Prepared and compacted soil and granular layers placed prior to installation of parking lot pavement. Includes: Finished
parking lot pavement of granular and asphaltic materials. Includes: Finished parking lot pavement with high bending resistance, usually
of concrete. Includes: Blocks or tiles used for parking lot pavement. Unit pavers set in mastic, sand, or mortar.
100 See G20

200 See G20
300 Specific thickness of pavement and substrate modeled.
All drainage slopes modeled.
350 Openings for drains and other services modeled.
G2020.20 21-07 20 20 20 Parking Lot Curbs and Gutters

Includes: Construction at perimeter of parking lot pavement to separate pavement from adjacent surfaces, provide vehicular restraint,
and facilitate drainage.
100 See G20

200 See G20
300 Full extents of curbs and gutters (above and below grade) are modeled.
 Reinforcing
 Pour stops
G2020.40 21-07 20 20 40 Parking Lot Appurtenances

Includes traffic signals, signage, striping.
G2030 21-07 20 30 Pedestrian Plazas and Walkways

Includes: Pavement, curbs and gutters, appurtenances, lighting, and pedestrian control equipment for pedestrian plazas and
walkways.Includes exterior steps and ramps. May Include: Site earthwork.
G2040 21-07 20 40 Airfields

Includes: Pavement, curbs and gutters, appurtenances, lighting, and airfield signally and control equipment for airfields.May Include:
Site earthwork.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
G2050 21-07 20 50 Athletic, Recreational, and Playfield Areas

Includes: Surfacing, fencing, equipment, grandstands and bleachers, and lighting for athletic, recreational, and playfield areas. May
Include: Site earthwork.
G2060 21-07 20 60 Site Development

G2080 21-07 20 80 Landscaping

G30 21-07 30 Liquid and Gas Site Utilities

100 Narrative that references the grading model

200 Approximate sizes, vertical control, and apparatus.
G3010 21-07 30 10 Water Utilities

Includes: Water distribution for domestic consumption, fire fighting, and irrigation for a facility site and for multiple facilities. Includes
trenching and backfilling. Includes Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See G30

200 See G30
G3010.10 21-07 30 10 10 Site Domestic Water Distribution

Includes: Supply wells, piping, equipment, storage tanks, and water ponds and reservoirs.
33 12 16 / 33 12 19 / 33 12 23 / 33 12 33 / 33 13 00 / 33 16 00 / 33 47 19.13 / 33 47 13.13
33 47 16.13
100 See G30

200 See G30
G3010.30 21-07 30 10 30 Site Fire Protection Water Distribution

Includes: Supply wells, piping, equipment, storage tanks, and water ponds and reservoirs.
12 33 / 33 16 00 / 33 47 19.33 / 33 47 13.13 / 33 47 16.13

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
100 See G30
200 See G30
G3020 21-07 30 20 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities

Includes: Sanitary sewerage for a facility site and for multiple facilities. Includes piping, septic tanks that serve multiple facilities,
structures, and lagoons. Includes trenching and backfilling. Includes Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components as
appropriate.
100 See G30

200 See G30
G3020.20 21-07 30 20 20 Sanitary Sewerage Piping

100 See G30

200 See G30
300 Specific elevations, sizes, materials
G3020.50 21-07 30 20 50 Sanitary Sewerage Structures

100 See G30

200 Approximate structure types, sizes and materials
300 Specific structure elements at all locations, specific sizes and materials
G3030 21-07 30 30 Storm Drainage Utilities

Includes: Storm drainage for surface or combination of surface and subsurface water for a facility site or for multiple facilities.Includes
piping, culverts, water drains, drainage pumps, Subdrainage, and storm drainage ponds and reservoirs. Includes trenching and
backfilling. Includes Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See G30

200 See G30
G3050 21-07 30 50 Site Energy Distribution

Includes: Energy distribution for a facility site or multiple facilities. Includes hydronic heating, steam energy, and hydronic cooling
distribution. Includes trenching and backfilling. Includes Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See G30

200 See G30

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
G3060 21-07 30 60 Site Fuel Distribution

Includes: Gas, fuel-oil, gasoline, diesel fuel, and aviation fuel distribution for a facility site or multiple facilities. Includes trenching and
backfilling. Includes Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components as appropriate.
100 See G30

200 See G30
G3090 21-07 30 90 Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary

Components
Includes: Common work results for utilities and instrumentation and control to be included in liquid and gas utility elements above as
appropriate.
G40 21-07 40 Electrical Site Improvements


G4010 21-07 40 10 Site Electric Distribution Systems

Description: Electrical wiring systems to distribute electrical power to on the Site. Includes Duct Banks, Pullboxes, vaults and
transformers from the utility point of connection, to the building’s main electric room.
100 See G40
200 Generic model elements in schematic layout with:

approximate size, shape, and location of equipment;

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

of raceways/ boxes/enclosures/duct banks in the power
distribution system
specified size, shape, spacing, and location of equipment and
associated components;
all specified hangers, supports and seismic control
access/code clearance requirements modeled
212 G4010-LOD-300 Site Electric Distribution

Systems

raceways/ boxes/enclosures/duct banks in the power distribution
system;
seismic control;
Actual access/code clearance requirements modeled

Systems


Systems
G4050 21-07 40 50 Site Lighting

Description: Luminaires, lighting equipment, ballasts, and accessories. Includes fluorescent, high intensity discharge, incandescent,
mercury vapor, neon, and sodium vapor lighting. Includes Pole Mount, Building Mount and on-grade fixtures for exterior lighting.
100 See G40

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
200 Generic elements in schematic layout with:


lighting fixtures;
specified hangers, supports and seismic control;
required pole bases and footing elements;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location of lighting

fixtures;
actual size, shape, spacing, and location for supports and seismic
control;

G50 21-07 50 Site Communications

G5010 – Site Communications Systems

Description: Conduit Systems for routing of Communication trunk systems.
100 See G50
200 Generic elements in a schematic layout with:


Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

raceways, boxes, and enclosures in the power distribution system;
size, shape, spacing, and location of equipment and associated
components;
specified hangers, supports and seismic control;
350 Modeled as actual size, shape, spacing, and location of raceways,

boxes, and enclosures in the power distribution system;
size, shape, spacing, and location for supports and seismic control;
size, shape, location, and connections of equipment and support
structure or pads;
floor and wall penetration elements are modeled.

G90 21-07 90 Miscellaneous Site Construction

G9010 21-07 90 10 Tunnels

Includes: Vehicular, pedestrian, and service tunnels. Includes tunnel boring, bracing and jacking work, linings and casing, grouting
support systems, boring machines, and control and spoil removal systems. Includes Tunnel Construction Related Activities as
appropriate.

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
CIVIL
Highway Bridges Precast Structural I Girder (Concrete)

100
structural elements
LOD 200 Highway Bridges Precast Structural I Girder

(Concrete)

with exception of elements affected by
manufacturer selection

(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

locations
by the BIMXP, typically only in congested
areas
reinforcing lap splice locations, scheduling,
etc.
 Lifting devices
 Post-tension profile and strands modeled if
required by the BIMXP
components
(Concrete)

 Chamfer, etc.

(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass
Highway Bridge Girder Steel

200 Generic mass of Girder
LOD 200 Highway Bridge Girder Steel
300 Element modeling to include

 Girder Depth
 Web Plate Length
 Flange Plate Width

 Stiffeners
 Exact sloping of members
 Splits between Plate Girders

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

information:
 Welds
 Grating, holes in grating
Railroad Bridges Precast Structural I Girder (Concrete)

100
structural elements
LOD 200 Railroad Bridges Precast Structural I Girder

(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

with exception of elements affected by
manufacturer selection

(Concrete)

locations
by the BIMXP, typically only in congested
areas
reinforcing lap splice locations, scheduling,
etc.
 Lifting devices
 Post-tension profile and strands modeled if
required by the BIMXP
components
(Concrete)

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass


(Concrete)
Railroad Bridge Girder Steel

200 Generic mass of Girder
LOD 200 Railroad Bridge Girder Steel

Version: 2016
Uniformat Omniclass

 Girder Depth
 Web Plate Length
 Flange Plate Width

 Stiffeners
 Exact sloping of members
 Splits between Plate Girders

information:
 Welds
 Grating, holes in grating

Version: 2016
Graphics Index
Figure 1 .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 16
Figure 2 .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 16
Figure 3 .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Figure 4 .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18
5 A1010.10-LOD-200 Wall Foundation .................................................................................................................................................... 21
6 A1010.10-LOD-300 Wall Foundation .................................................................................................................................................... 21
7 A1010.10-LOD-350 Wall Foundations (Shallow Foundations) .............................................................................................................. 22
8 A1010.30-LOD-300 Column Foundations (Deep Foundations) ............................................................................................................. 23
9 A1010.30-LOD-350 Column Foundations ............................................................................................................................................. 24
10 A1010.30-LOD-400 Column Foundations ........................................................................................................................................... 25
11 A1020.80-LOD-200 Grade Beams ...................................................................................................................................................... 27
12 A1020.80-LOD-300 Grade Beams ...................................................................................................................................................... 28
13 A1020.80-LOD-350 Grade Beams ...................................................................................................................................................... 28
14 A40-LOD-200 Slabs-on-Grade ............................................................................................................................................................ 31
15 A4010-LOD-300 Standard Slabs-on-Grade......................................................................................................................................... 31
16 A4010-LOD-350 Standard Slabs-on-Grade......................................................................................................................................... 32
17 A4020-LOD-300 Structural Slabs-on-Grade ........................................................................................................................................ 32
18 A4020-LOD-350 Structural Slabs-on-Grade ........................................................................................................................................ 33
19 B1010.10-LOD 200 Precast Structural Inverted T Beam (Concrete) ................................................................................................... 37
23 B1010.10- LOD 200 Precast Structural Column (Concrete) ................................................................................................................ 39
24 B1010.10 - LOD 300 Precast Structural Column (Concrete) ............................................................................................................... 40
27 B1010.10-LOD-100 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Framing Columns) ................................................................................................ 42
32 B1010.10-LOD-300 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Framing Beams) ................................................................................................... 43
35 B1010.100-LOD-300 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Framing Bracing Rods)....................................................................................... 44
38 B1010.10-LOD-200 Floor Structural Frame (Steel Joists) ................................................................................................................... 45
42 B1010.10-LOD-200 Floor Structural Frame (Masonry Framing) ......................................................................................................... 48
46 B1010.10-LOD-200 Floor Structural Frame (Wood Floor Trusses) ..................................................................................................... 50
50 B1010.20 – LOD 200 Precast Structural Double Tee (Concrete) ........................................................................................................ 55
54 B1080.10-LOD-200 Stair Construction ................................................................................................................................................ 58
Back to TOC Copyright © 2016 by BIMForum. All rights reserved .i

Version: 2016

58 B1080.10-LOD-350 Stair Construction .................................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
59 B1080.10-LOD 200 Precast Structural Stairs (Concrete) .................................................................................................................... 61
63 B1080.50-LOD-200 Stair Railings ....................................................................................................................................................... 63
66 B2010-LOD-200 Exterior Walls ........................................................................................................................................................... 65
81 B2010.10-LOD-100 Exterior Wall Veneer............................................................................................................................................ 66
77 B2010.06-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Wood) ........................................................................................................................................... 68
73 B2010.05-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Cold-Form Metal Framing) ............................................................................................................ 71
82 B2010.04-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Masonry) ....................................................................................................................................... 74
73 B2010.05-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Cold-Form Metal Framing) .............................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
77 B2010.06-LOD-200 Exterior Wall (Wood) ............................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
81 B2010.10-LOD-100 Exterior Wall Veneer.............................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
98 B2010.20– LOD 350 Precast Wall (Concrete) ..................................................................................................................................... 76
99 B2010.20– LOD 400 Precast Wall (Concrete) ..................................................................................................................................... 77
100 B2020.30-LOD-200 Exterior Window Wall ........................................................................................................................................ 79
89 B2020.30-LOD-300 Exterior Window Wall .......................................................................................................................................... 80
92 C1010.04-LOD-200 Interior Wall (Masonry) ........................................................................................................................................ 94
107 C1010.04-LOD-400 Interior Wall (Masonry) ...................................................................................................................................... 96
96 C1010.05-LOD-200 Interior Wall (Cold-Form Metal Framing) ............................................................................................................. 97
111 C1010.05-LOD-400 Interior Wall (Cold-Form Metal Framing) ........................................................................................................... 99
100 C1010.06-LOD-200 Interior Wall (Wood) ........................................................................................................................................ 100
104 D1050.70-LOD-100 Pneumatic Tube Systems ............................................................................................................................... 121
Back to TOC Copyright © 2016 by BIMForum. All rights reserved .ii

Version: 2016

121 D2010.10-LOD-200 Facility Potable-Water Storage Tanks ............................................................................................................. 123
125 D2010.20-LOD-100 Domestic Water Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 125
130 D2010.40-LOD-200 Domestic Water Piping .................................................................................................................................... 126
134 D2010.60-LOD-200 Plumbing Fixtures............................................................................................................................................ 127
138 D2020.10-LOD-200 Sanitary Sewerage Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 128
139.D2020.10-LOD-300 Sanitary Sewerage Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 129
142 D2020.30-LOD-200 Sanitary Sewerage Piping ............................................................................................................................... 130
146 D2030.10-LOD-200 Stormwater Drainage Equipment .................................................................................................................... 131
150 D2030.20-LOD-200 Stormwater Drainage Piping ........................................................................................................................... 132
154 D2030.30-LOD-200 Facility Stormwater Drains .............................................................................................................................. 134
158 D2060.10-LOD-200 Compressed-Air Systems ................................................................................................................................ 135
162 D3010.10-200 Fuel Piping ............................................................................................................................................................... 138
163 D3010.10-300 Fuel Piping ............................................................................................................................................................... 138
164 D3010.10-350 Fuel Piping ............................................................................................................................................................... 138
165 D3010.10-400 Fuel Piping ............................................................................................................................................................... 139
166 D3010.50-LOD-200 Fuel Storage Tanks ......................................................................................................................................... 140
170 D3020.10-LOD-200 Heat Generation .............................................................................................................................................. 141
174 D3030.10-LOD-200 Central Cooling................................................................................................................................................ 143
Back to TOC Copyright © 2016 by BIMForum. All rights reserved .iii

Version: 2016
178 D3030.30-LOD-200 Evaporative Air-Cooling ................................................................................................................................... 144

182 D3050.10-LOD-200 Facility Hydronic distribution ............................................................................................................................ 146
183 D3050.10-LOD-300 Facility Hydronic Distribution ........................................................................................................................... 146
186 D3060.10-LOD-200 Supply Air ........................................................................................................................................................ 149
187 D3060.10-LOD-300 Supply Air ........................................................................................................................................................ 149
188 D3060.10-LOD-350 Supply Air ........................................................................................................................................................ 149
177 D3060.10-LOD-400 Supply Air ........................................................................................................................................................ 150
190 D3060.30-LOD-200 Exhaust Air ...................................................................................................................................................... 150
191 D3060.30-LOD-300 Exhaust Air ...................................................................................................................................................... 151
192 D3060.30-LOD-350 Exhaust Air ...................................................................................................................................................... 151
193 D3060.30-LOD-400 Exhaust Air ...................................................................................................................................................... 151
194 D4010.10-LOD-200 Water-Based Fire-Suppression ....................................................................................................................... 153
198 D5010.10-LOD-200 Packaged Generator Assemblies .................................................................................................................... 156
202 D5020.10-LOD-300 Electrical Service Entrance ............................................................................................................................. 158
205 D5020.30-LOD-300 Power Distribution ........................................................................................................................................... 159
208 D5030.10-LOD-300 Branch Wiring System ..................................................................................................................................... 161
209 D5030.10-LOD-350 Branch Wiring System ..................................................................................................................................... 162
210 D5040.50-LOD-300 Lighting Fixtures .............................................................................................................................................. 164
211 D5040.50-LOD-350 Lighting Fixtures .............................................................................................................................................. 164
212 F1020.40-LOD 100 Metal Building Systems.................................................................................................................................... 176
213 F1020.40-LOD 200 Metal Building Systems - Primary Framing ...................................................................................................... 177
205 F1020.40-LOD 200 Metal Building Systems - Secondary Framing ................................................................................................. 181
219 F1020.40-LOD 350 Metal Building Systems- Secondary Framing .................................................................................................. 182
221 F1020.40-LOD 200 Metal Building Systems –Cladding and Exterior Trim ...................................................................................... 183
224 G10-LOD-100 Site Preparation ....................................................................................................................................................... 187
225 G4010-LOD-300 Site Electric Distribution Systems......................................................................................................................... 193
Back to TOC Copyright © 2016 by BIMForum. All rights reserved .iv

STC P1
Attachment 3 - Asset Classification
CLASSIFICATION
OMNICLASS TABLE 23
CSI MASTERFORMAT
UNIFORMAT
MODEL
STRUCTURE
SYSTEM (Unit or DETAILS
(Uniformat) EQUIPMENT Assembly) (T: Types & Subtypes, A: Additional attributes, D: Further details and/or included components) Discipline
C10 Interior Construction C1030 08 71 13 23-17 11 00 1 Doors Unit T: Motorized, Automatic (sliding or ADA), Overhead Fire Door, Overhead Steel Rollup
C1090 10 11 00 23-19 29 15 2 Kiosks Unit
C1090 10 14 00 23-35 47 19 11 3 Message Sign Unit D: Wayfinding signage
D10 Conveying D1010 14 20 00 23-23 11 11 1 Elevators Assembly
D1030 14 31 00 23-23 11 13 2 Escalators Assembly
D1010 23-23 13 00 3 Lifts Unit T: Any/all types
D1030 34 77 25 23-23 15 15 4 Passenger Boarding Bridges Assembly
D1050 41 22 13 23-23 17 27 5 Electric Hoist Unit
D20 Plumbing D2030 22 13 19 23-27 31 11 1 Backflow Prevention Device Unit A: Pipe Size, Type (DDCA, Fire)
D2040 22 14 00 23-39 29 13 2 Drainage Pump Station Assembly D: Pumps, VFD, MCC, Valves (check, shut-off), A: Size of discharge, Depth of station
D2090 22 45 00 23-29 37 13 3 Eyewash station and showers Unit A: Temp. mixing valve (yes or no)
D2020 22 33 00 23-31 29 00 4 Hot Water Generator Unit D: Tankless hot water generator, Primary Hot Water Pump
D2020 22 47 00 23-31 31 00 5 Hydration Stations Unit T: Water fountains, water coolers, water bottle filling stations
D2090 23 22 00 23-27 27 00 6 Pressure Reducing Station Unit A: Pipe Size
D2090 23 05 00 23-27 31 00 7 Pressure Regulating Valve Unit A: Pipe Size, Range (min. & max pressure)
D2020 22 11 00 23-33 17 00 8 Pump Unit T: Any/all types, D: Describe operation, what they feed, zones
D2020 22 12 00 23-27 29 00 9 Tank Unit T: Air, Water, Pre-Heat or Expansion, Solvent Tank
D2020 23 05 00 23-27 31 00 10 Valve Unit T: Any/all types, D: Describe operation, what they feed, zones
D2020 23 05 23 23-27 33 00 11 Valve Actuators Unit
D2020 22 40 00 23-31 11 00 12 Faucets Unit
D30 HVAC D3060 23 61 00 23-27 21 00 1 Air Compressors Unit
D3050 23 81 00 23-33 39 00 2 Air Conditioners Unit
D3050 23 81 00 23-33 39 21 3 Air Conditioning Units, Split System Assembly D: Fan Coil Unit, Condenser
D3060 23 61 00 23-33 47 00 4 Air Dryers Unit D: Hand Dryers
D3050 23 74 00 23-33 25 00 5 Air Handling Units Assembly D: Heat Exchanger, Supply Fan, Return Fan, Dehumidifier, Coil, Makeup Air Handling Unit
D3040 23 21 00 6 Air Separators Unit
D3050 23 36 00 23-33 41 17 7 Air Terminal Units Unit T: Constant Air Volume, Variable Air Volume
D3020 23 52 00 23-33 11 00 8 Boilers Unit
D3030 23 64 00 23-33 21 00 9 Chillers Unit
D3030 23 65 00 23-33 23 00 10 Cooling Tower Assembly
D3050 23 82 16 23-33 35 11 11 Coils Unit
D3030 23 62/63 00 23-33 43 00 12 Condensers Unit
D3090 23 84 00 23-33 27 13 13 Dehumidifiers Unit
D3040 23 34 00 23-33 31 19 14 Fans Unit T: Exhaust, Return, Supply, Relief Fan, Dedicated Smoke Control, Variable Speed, Blowers
D3050 23 82 19 23-33 33 11 15 Fan Coil Units Unit
D3020 23 57 00 23-27 23 00 16 Heat Exchangers Unit
D3050 23-33 41 13 13 17 Fan Power VAV Unit
23-39 41 11 18 Sand Filters Unit T: Chilled Water, Hot Water, Condensor Water
19 Energy Management Control System Assembly
Page 1 of 3
STC P1
CLASSIFICATION
OMNICLASS TABLE 23
CSI MASTERFORMAT
UNIFORMAT
MODEL
STRUCTURE
23 09 20 23-33 51 11 20 Refrigerant Detection System Assembly HVAC specialties
23 09 20 23-33 51 11 21 Refrigerant Recovery Unit Unit HVAC specialties
D3020 23 83 00 23-33 15 00 22 HVAC Heating Units Unit T: Unit Heater, Cabinet Unit Heater, Gas Heater, Infared Heater, Heat Recovery Unit
D40 Fire Protection D4010 08 33 44 23-17 21 15 3 Fire Curtains (motorized) Unit
D4010 21 12 23 23-29 25 15 19 4 Fire Hose Valve Unit A: Pipe Size
D4010 21 11 16 23-29 25 13 5 Fire Hydrant Unit A: Pipe Size
D4010 23-29 25 15 19 11 6 Fire Riser Assembly and Flow Switch Unit A: Pipe Size
D4010 23 33 13 23-33 29 23 7 Fire Smoke Dampers Unit
D4010 23-27 31 11 8 Back Flow Prevention Device Unit D: Backflow Preventers
D4030 10 44 16 23-29 25 19 9 Fire Extinguishers Unit
D4010 10 Standpipe Connection Unit
D50 Electrical D5010 23-35 29 00 1 Circuit Breakers Unit T: Low Voltage, Air Medium Voltage, Fuse Disconnect, Selector Switch
D5020 23-35 31 00 2 Electrical Distribution Room Assembly D: Panels, UPS, ATS, Battery for UPS
D5090 23-35 11 00 3 Electrical Generators Assembly T: Motor 400 Hz, Portable
D5090 23-35 11 00 4 Electrical Generators, Emergency Assembly D: Transfer Switch, Fuel Tank, Pumps, Control, Remote Application
D5090 23-35 31 21 5 Electrical Load Center (LV) Assembly D: Switches, Breakers, Batteries, Wire connections, Meters, Emergency Generators
D5090 6 Electrical Station (HV) Assembly D: Switches, Breakers, Batteries, Wire connections, Meters, Emergency Generators
D5030 26 24 00 23-29 31 13 7 Fire Alarm Control Panels Unit
D5010 26 24 19 23-35 31 23 8 Motor Control Center - Equipment Unit
D5010 23-35 31 23 9 Motor Control Center - Facility Assembly D: Motors, MCC, VFD, Breakers
D5010 23-35 13 00 10 Transformers Unit T: Low Voltage, Medium Voltage
D5010 26 24 16 23-35 31 17 11 Electrical Panel Boards Unit
D5040 26 50 00 23-35 47 00 12 Lighting Unit
D5040 26 09 00 23-27 15 21 13 Lighting Controls Unit
D5080 26 43 00 23-35 39 17 14 Surge Suppressor Unit
D5020 26 01 01 23-35 31 31 15 Switchgear Unit
D5020 26 24 13 23-35 31 29 16 Switchboard Unit
23-35 31 33 17 Electrical Busbars Unit
D5010 23-35 29 27 18 Disconnect Unit
23-27 13 00 19 Control Panels Unit T: Any/all types
D5010 23-35 37 00 20 Switches Unit T: Electrical (all types), Automatic Transfer
D60 Communications D6030 23-37 15 29 1 Audio Equipment Unit D: Speakers, Microphones, Paging
D6030 2 Monitors Unit T: FIDS, video monitors, computer monitors, screens
D6010 27 10 15 3 Wireless Access Points Unit
D6010 23-37 13 11 4 Computer Units Unit T: Any/all types
D6010 23-37 13 15 5 Server Unit
D6060 27 53 10 23-37 23 21 6 Radio Equipment Unit
D70 Electronic Safety &
Security D7010 28 13 00 23-29 13 00 1 Access Control System Assembly
D7030 28 23 00 23-29 11 11 2 Video Surveillence Equipment Assembly D: CCTV, Cameras, Digital Recorders
D7090 3 Security Equipment Assembly D: Call Box, [Card] Readers
Page 2 of 3
STC P1
CLASSIFICATION
OMNICLASS TABLE 23
CSI MASTERFORMAT
UNIFORMAT
MODEL
STRUCTURE
D7050 28 31 00 23-29 29 00 4 Fire Alarm Assembly
E10 Equipment E1090 23-39 45 15 1 Solid Waste Handling Equipment Assembly T: Airport Waste Grinder, Triturator
E1030 23-21 21 29 2 Ice Machine Unit
E1090 23-23 17 27 3 Electric Hoist Unit
E1090 23-27 59 15 4 Compactor Unit
E1090 23-27 11 27 17 5 Gas Detection System Assembly
Page 3 of 3
STC P1 BIM Execution Plan
Attachment 3
6D Model Element Attribute Table

Stage Milestone Date
1 Post Submittals Sched. Dependent
2 Post Installation Sched. Dependent
3 50% O&M Sched. Dependent
4 Post Commissioning TBD
5 Bulletin & RFI Reconcilliation TBD
Due At Stage Field Name Alias Description MEA Field Type Example
1 DESCRIPTION Short Description [Asset Type] [Asset Number] (see example) SUB String AIR HANDLING UNIT AHU-200
1 DESCRIPTION_LD Long Description Asset item description (Long) as needed SUB
1 AS_LOCATION Location Building # SUB String XYZ123
3 FQID Functional Area MCO Functional area SUB String/domain OIA.1000.STLC.ZNW.03.1003
3 ASSETTAG Asset Tag Asset tag (64 character limit) SUB String 005961
1 GOAAASSETMAKE Asset Make Asset make SUB String/domain AIR HANDLING UNIT
2 SERIALNUM Serial Number Serial number (64 character limit) SUB String
1 MODELNUM Model Model number (50 character limit) SUB String
1 MANUFACTURER Mfr Manufacturer Name SUB String/domain JON
3 GOAAGPSLAT GPS Latitude GPS Lat/Long (if available) SUB Numeric
3 GOAAGPSLONG GPS Longitude GPS Lat/Long (if available) SUB Numeric
1 VENDOR Vendor Company SUB String/domain 0000017346
N/A CLASSSTRUCTUREID Classification Uniformat classification code Maximo String D3063
N/A MCO_RUL Remaining Useful life Remaining Useful Life Maximo Numeric 15
4 WARRANTYEXPDATE Warranty Expir Warranty expiration date. DD-MON-YY SUB Date 21-Aug-16
2 INSTALLDATE Install Date Installation date. DD-MON-YY SUB Date 21-Aug-16
N/A STATUS Status Asset status - default value "OPERATING" Maximo String/domain OPERATING
N/A MCO_SPECIFICLOCNOTES Location notes Location notes (254 character limit) Maximo Text AHU is 4th panel from door
N/A purchaseprice Column1 Purchase price Maximo Currency $ 9,999.99
N/A replacementcost Column2 Replacement cost Maximo Currency $ 9,999.99
N/A budgeted Column3 Budgeted cost Maximo Currency $ 9,999.99
N/A SITEID Site Campus - default value "MCO" (DO NOT MODIFY) Maximo N/A MCO
Attachment 3 - LOD Spec Model Content Spreadsheet
NM = Not Modeled Construction Model Record Model
Coordination
Uniformat Level Omniclass Level STC Spec MEA = Model Element Author 6D
Table
# Required
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Definable Feature of Work (Spec Description) Notes See Table LOD MEA Notes LOD MEA Notes
A 21- 01 00 00 00 00 SUBSTRUCTURE
A 10 21- 01 10 00 00 00 Foundations
A 10 10 21- 01 10 10 00 00 03 3000 Standard Foundations 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 10 .10 21- 01 10 10 10 00 03 3000 Wall Foundations 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 10 .30 21- 01 10 10 30 00 03 3000 Column Foundations 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 10 .90 21- 01 10 10 90 00 03 3000 Standard Foundation Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 21- 01 10 20 00 00 Special Foundations 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 .10 21- 01 10 20 10 00 31 6316 Driven Piles 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 .15 21- 01 10 20 15 00 31 6316 Bored Piles 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 .20 21- 01 10 20 20 00 Caissons NM NM
A 10 20 .30 21- 01 10 20 30 00 03 3000 Special Foundation Walls 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 .40 21- 01 10 20 40 00 03 3000 Foundation Anchors 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 .50 21- 01 10 20 50 00 Underpinning NM NM
A 10 20 .60 21- 01 10 20 60 00 Raft Foundations NM NM
A 10 20 .70 21- 01 10 20 70 00 03 3000 Pile Caps 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 10 20 .80 21- 01 10 20 80 00 03 3000 Grade Beams 400 SUB 400 SUB
03 3000 Rebar/Clearances (Congested Areas) 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 20 21- 01 20 00 00 00 Subgrade Enclosures
A 20 10 21- 01 20 10 00 00 03 3000 Walls for Subgrade Enclosures 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 20 10 .10 21- 01 20 10 10 00 03 3000 Subgrade Enclosure Wall Construction 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 20 10 .20 21- 01 20 10 20 00 03 3000 Subgrade Enclosure Wall Interior Skin 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 20 10 .90 21- 01 20 10 90 00 03 3000 Subgrade Enclosure Wall Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 21- 01 40 00 00 00 Slabs-on-Grade
A 40 10 21- 01 40 10 00 00 03 3000 Standard Slabs-on-Grade 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 20 21- 01 40 20 00 00 03 3000 Structural Slabs-on-Grade 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 30 21- 01 40 30 00 00 03 3000 Slab Trenches 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 40 21- 01 40 40 00 00 03 3000 Pits and Bases 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 90 21- 01 40 90 00 00 03 3000 Slab-On-Grade Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 90 .10 21- 01 40 90 10 00 07 2100 Perimeter Insulation 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 90 .20 21- 01 40 90 20 00 Vapor Retarder NM NM
A 40 90 .30 21- 01 40 90 30 00 Waterproofing NM NM
A 40 90 .40 21- 01 40 90 40 00 03 3000 Mud Slab 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 40 90 .50 21- 01 40 90 50 00 03 3000 Subbase Layer 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 60 21- 01 60 00 00 00 Water and Gas Mitigation
A 60 10 21- 01 60 10 00 00 Building Subdrainage
A 60 10 .10 21- 01 60 10 10 00 Foundation Drainage NM NM
A 60 10 .20 21- 01 60 10 20 00 Underslab Drainage NM NM
A 60 20 21- 01 60 20 00 00 Off-Gassing Mitigation
A 60 20 .10 21- 01 60 20 10 00 Radon Mitigation NM NM
Page 1 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
A 60 20 .20 21- 01 60 20 20 00 Methane Mitigation NM NM
A 90 21- 01 90 00 00 00 Substructure Related Activities
A 90 10 21- 01 90 10 00 00 Substructure Excavation NM NM
A 90 20 21- 01 90 20 00 00 Construction Dewatering NM NM
A 90 30 21- 01 90 30 00 00 Excavation Support NM NM
A 90 30 .10 21- 01 90 30 10 00 Anchor Tiebacks NM NM
A 90 30 .20 21- 01 90 30 20 00 Cofferdams NM NM
A 90 30 .40 21- 01 90 30 40 00 Cribbing and Walers NM NM
A 90 30 .60 21- 01 90 30 60 00 Ground Freezing NM NM
A 90 30 .70 21- 01 90 30 70 00 03 3000 Slurry Walls 400 SUB 400 SUB
A 90 40 21- 01 90 40 00 00 Soil Treatment NM NM
B 21- 02 00 00 00 00 SHELL
B 10 21- 02 10 00 00 00 Superstructure
B 10 10 21- 02 10 10 00 00 Floor Construction 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 21- 02 10 10 10 00 05 2100 Floor Structural Frame 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .10 21- 02 10 10 10 10 03 3000 Concrete 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .11 21- 02 10 10 10 11 03 4500 Precast Structural Inverted T Beam 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .12 21- 02 10 10 10 12 03 4500 Precast Structural Column 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .20 21- 02 10 10 10 20 04 2200 Masonry 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .30 21- 02 10 10 10 30 05 1200 Steel Framing Columns 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .40 21- 02 10 10 10 40 05 1200 Steel Framing Beams 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .50 21- 02 10 10 10 50 05 1200 Steel Framing Bracing Rods 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 1213 Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS) 400 SUB 400 SUB
Clearances for Moment Frame and Eccentric Frame Areas 200 SUB 200 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .60 21- 02 10 10 10 60 05 2100 Steel Joists 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .70 21- 02 10 10 10 70 05 4000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .10 .80 21- 02 10 10 10 80 Wood Floor Trusses NM NM
B 10 10 .20 21- 02 10 10 20 00 Floor Decks, Slabs, and Toppings 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .20 .10 21- 02 10 10 20 10 Wood Floor Deck NM NM
B 10 10 .20 .20 21- 02 10 10 20 20 05 3100 Metal Floor Deck 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .20 .30 21- 02 10 10 20 30 05 3100 Composite Floor Deck 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .20 .40 21- 02 10 10 20 40 03 3000 Concrete 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .20 .41 21- 02 10 10 20 41 Precast Structural Double Tee NM NM
B 10 10 .30 21- 02 10 10 30 00 Balcony Floor Construction NM NM
B 10 10 .40 21- 02 10 10 40 00 Mezzanine Floor Construction NM NM
B 10 10 .50 21- 02 10 10 50 00 03 3000 Ramps 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 10 .90 21- 02 10 10 90 00 Floor Construction Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 5213 Pipe and Tube Railings 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 5316 Plank Gratings 400 SUB 400 SUB
Page 2 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
05 5813 Column Covers 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 7310 Smoke Baffle System 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 7313 Glazed Decorative Metal Railings 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 7500 Decorative Formed Metal 400 SUB 400 SUB
Rebar/Clearances (Congested Areas) 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 20 21- 02 10 20 00 00 Roof Construction 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 20 .10 21- 02 10 20 10 00 05 2100 Roof Structural Frame 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 20 .20 21- 02 10 20 20 00 07 5200 Roof Decks, Slabs, and Sheathing 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 20 .30 21- 02 10 20 30 00 Canopy Construction 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 20 .90 21- 02 10 20 90 00 Roof Construction Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
07 7129 Manufactured Roof Expansion Joints 400 SUB 400 SUB
07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 80 21- 02 10 80 00 00 Stairs 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 80 .10 21- 02 10 80 10 00 05 5113 Stair Construction 400 SUB 400 SUB
05 7100 Decorative Metal Stairs 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 80 .30 21- 02 10 80 30 00 Stair Soffits 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 80 .50 21- 02 10 80 50 00 05 7100 Stair Railings 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 80 .60 21- 02 10 80 60 00 Fire Escapes NM NM
B 10 80 .70 21- 02 10 80 70 00 05 5000 Metal Walkways 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 10 80 .80 21- 02 10 80 80 00 05 5000 Ladders 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 21- 02 20 00 00 00 Exterior Vertical Enclosures
B 20 10 21- 02 20 10 00 00 Exterior Walls 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .10 21- 02 20 10 10 00 Exterior Wall Veneer 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .20 21- 02 20 10 20 00 Exterior Wall Construction 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .20 .10 21- 02 20 10 20 10 Exterior Walls - Wood NM NM
B 20 10 .20 .20 21- 02 20 10 20 20 05 4000 Exterior Walls - Cold-Form Metal Framing 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .20 .30 21- 02 20 10 20 30 04 2200 Exterior Walls - Masonry 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .20 .40 21- 02 20 10 20 40 03 4500 Exterior Walls - Precast Concrete 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .30 21- 02 20 10 30 00 Exterior Wall Interior Skin 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .40 21- 02 20 10 40 00 Fabricated Exterior Wall Assemblies 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .50 21- 02 20 10 50 00 Parapets 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .60 21- 02 20 10 60 00 Equipment Screens 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .80 21- 02 20 10 80 00 Exterior Wall Supplementary Compomnents 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 10 .90 21- 02 20 10 90 00 Exterior Wall Opening Supplementary Compomnents 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 20 21- 02 20 20 00 00 Exterior Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 20 .10 21- 02 20 20 10 00 Exterior Operating Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 20 .20 21- 02 20 20 20 00 Exterior Fixed Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 20 .30 21- 02 20 20 30 00 Exterior Window Wall 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 20 .50 21- 02 20 20 50 00 Exterior Special Function Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
Page 3 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
08 4113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts 400 SUB 400 SUB
B 20 50 21- 02 20 50 00 00 Exterior Doors and Grilles 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .10 21- 02 20 50 10 00 Exterior Entrance Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .20 21- 02 20 50 20 00 Exterior Utility Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .30 21- 02 20 50 30 00 Exterior Oversize Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .40 21- 02 20 50 40 00 Exterior Special Function Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .60 21- 02 20 50 60 00 Exterior Grilles 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .70 21- 02 20 50 70 00 Exterior Gates 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 50 .90 21- 02 20 50 90 00 Exterior Door Supplementary Components 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 70 21- 02 20 70 00 00 Exterior Louvers and Vents 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 70 .10 21- 02 20 70 10 00 08 9119 Exterior Louvers (Fixed Louvers) 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 70 .50 21- 02 20 70 50 00 08 9119 Exterior Vents 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 80 21- 02 20 80 00 00 Exterior Wall Appurtenances 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 80 .10 21- 02 20 80 10 00 Exterior Fixed Grilles and Screens 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 80 .30 21- 02 20 80 30 00 Exterior Opening Protection Devices 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 80 .50 21- 02 20 80 50 00 Exterior Balcony Walls and Railings 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 80 .70 21- 02 20 80 70 00 Exterior Fabrications 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 80 .80 21- 02 20 80 80 00 08 9119 Bird Control Devices 400 SUB 500 SUB
07 9513.16 Exterior Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 20 90 21- 02 20 90 00 00 Exterior Wall Specialties 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 21- 02 30 00 00 00 Exterior Horizontal Enclosures
B 30 10 21- 02 30 10 00 00 07 5200 Roofing 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 10 .10 21- 02 30 10 10 00 Steep Slope Roofing 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 10 .50 21- 02 30 10 50 00 Low Slope Roofing 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 10 .70 21- 02 30 10 70 00 Canopy Roofing 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 10 .90 21- 02 30 10 90 00 Roofing Supplementary Components 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 20 21- 02 30 20 00 00 Roof Appurtenances 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 20 .10 21- 02 30 20 10 00 07 7200 Roof Accessories 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 20 .30 21- 02 30 20 30 00 Roof Specialties 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 20 .70 21- 02 30 20 70 00 Rainwater Management 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 40 21- 02 30 40 00 00 Traffic Bearing Horizontal Enclosures
B 30 40 .10 21- 02 30 40 10 00 07 1800 Traffic Bearing Coatings NM NM
B 30 40 .30 21- 02 30 40 30 00 Horizontal Waterproofing Membrane NM NM
B 30 40 .50 21- 02 30 40 50 00 Wear Surfaces NM NM
B 30 40 .90 21- 02 30 40 90 00 Horizontal Enclosure Supplementary Components NM NM
B 30 60 21- 02 30 60 00 00 Horizontal Openings 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 60 .10 21- 02 30 60 10 00 08 4413 Roof Windows and Skylights 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 60 .50 21- 02 30 60 50 00 Vents and Hatches 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 60 .90 21- 02 30 60 90 00 Horizontal Openings Supplementary Components 400 SUB 500 SUB
Page 4 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
B 30 80 21- 02 30 80 00 00 Overhead Exterior Enclosures 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 80 .10 21- 02 30 80 10 00 Exterior Ceilings 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 80 .20 21- 02 30 80 20 00 Exterior Soffits 400 SUB 500 SUB
B 30 80 .30 21- 02 30 80 30 00 Exterior Bulkheads 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 21- 03 00 00 00 00 INTERIORS
C 10 21- 03 10 00 00 00 Interior Construction
C 10 10 21- 03 10 10 00 00 Partitions 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .10 21- 03 10 10 10 00 Interior Fixed Partitions 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .10 .10 21- 03 10 10 10 10 04 2200 Masonry 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .10 .20 21- 03 10 10 10 20 09 2216 Cold-Form Metal Framing (Non-Structural) 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .10 .30 21- 03 10 10 10 30 06 4216 Wood (Flush Wood Paneling) 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .20 21- 03 10 10 20 00 08 4126 Interior Glazed Partitions (All-Glass Interior Storefronts) 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .40 21- 03 10 10 40 00 Interior Demountable Partitions 400 SUB 400 SUB

C 10 10 .50 21- 03 10 10 50 00 Interior Operable Partitions 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .70 21- 03 10 10 70 00 Interior Screens 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 10 .90 21- 03 10 10 90 00 Interior Partitions Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
06 4219 Plastic-Laminate-Faced Wood Paneling 400 SUB 400 SUB
06 6400 Plastic Paneling 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 20 21- 03 10 20 00 00 Interior Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 20 .10 21- 03 10 20 10 00 Interior Operating Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 20 .20 21- 03 10 20 20 00 08 8113 Interior Fixed Windows (Decorative Glass Glazing) 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 20 .50 21- 03 10 20 50 00 Interior Special Function Windows 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 20 .90 21- 03 10 20 90 00 Interior Window Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
08 8400 Plastic Glazing 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 30 21- 03 10 30 00 00 Interior Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .10 21- 03 10 30 10 00 08 1113 Interior Swinging Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .20 21- 03 10 30 20 00 Interior Entrance Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .25 21- 03 10 30 25 00 08 4229.23 Interior Sliding Doors (Sliding Automatic Entrances) 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .30 21- 03 10 30 30 00 08 3513.23 Interior Folding Doors (Accordian Folding Fire Doors) 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .40 21- 03 10 30 40 00 08 3323 Interior Coiling Doors (Overhead Coiling Doors) 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .50 21- 03 10 30 50 00 Interior Panel Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .70 21- 03 10 30 70 00 Interior Special Function Doors 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .80 21- 03 10 30 80 00 08 3113 Interior Access Doors and Panels 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 30 .90 21- 03 10 30 90 00 Interior Door Supplementary Components 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 40 21- 03 10 40 00 00 Interior Grilles and Gates 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 40 .10 21- 03 10 40 10 00 08 3326 Interior Grilles (Overhead Coiling Grilles) 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 40 .50 21- 03 10 40 50 00 Interior Gates 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 60 21- 03 10 60 00 00 Raised Floor Construction 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 60 .10 21- 03 10 60 10 00 09 6900 Access Flooring 400 SUB 500 SUB
Page 5 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
C 10 60 .30 21- 03 10 60 30 00 Platform/Stage Floors NM NM
C 10 70 21- 03 10 70 00 00 Suspended Ceiling Construction 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 70 .10 21- 03 10 70 10 00 09 5113 Acoustical Suspended Ceilings 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 70 .20 21- 03 10 70 20 00 Suspended Plaster and Gypsum Board Ceilings 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 70 .50 21- 03 10 70 50 00 09 5436 Specialty Suspended Ceilings 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 70 .70 21- 03 10 70 70 00 09 5433 Special Function Suspended Ceilings 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 70 .90 21- 03 10 70 90 00 Ceiling Suspension Components 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 90 21- 03 10 90 00 00 Interior Specialties 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 90 .10 21- 03 10 90 10 00 05 7313 Interior Railings and Handrails 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 90 .15 21- 03 10 90 15 00 08 9119 Interior Louvers 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 90 .20 21- 03 10 90 20 00 Information Specialties 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 90 .25 21- 03 10 90 25 00 10 2113 Compartments and Cubicles 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 90 .30 21- 03 10 90 30 00 Service Walls NM NM
C 10 90 .35 21- 03 10 90 35 00 10 2600 Wall and Door Protection 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 10 90 .40 21- 03 10 90 40 00 10 2800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 90 .45 21- 03 10 90 45 00 Interior Gas Lighting NM NM
C 10 90 .50 21- 03 10 90 50 00 Fireplaces and Stoves NM NM
C 10 90 .60 21- 03 10 90 60 00 Safety Specialties 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 90 .70 21- 03 10 90 70 00 Storage Specialties 400 SUB 500 SUB
C 10 90 .90 21- 03 10 90 90 00 Other Interior Specialties 400 SUB 500 SUB
10 1400 Wayfinding Signage 400 SUB 400 SUB
10 1410 Vehicle Direction Signage 400 SUB 400 SUB
10 2600 Wire Mesh Partitions 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 21- 03 20 00 00 00 Interior Finishes
C 20 10 21- 03 20 10 00 00 Wall Finishes 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 10 .10 21- 03 20 10 10 00 09 3013 Tile Wall Finish 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 10 .20 21- 03 20 10 20 00 09 7800 Wall Paneling 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 10 .30 21- 03 20 10 30 00 Wall Coverings NM NM
C 20 10 .35 21- 03 20 10 35 00 Wall Carpeting NM SUB NM SUB
C 20 10 .50 21- 03 20 10 50 00 09 7513 Stone Facing 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 10 .60 21- 03 20 10 60 00 Special Wall Surfacing NM NM
C 20 10 .70 21- 03 20 10 70 00 09 8316 Wall Painting and Coating NM NM
C 20 10 .80 21- 03 20 10 80 00 09 8260 Acoustical Wall Treatment 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 10 .90 21- 03 20 10 90 00 Wall Finish Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
09 8433 Sound-Absorbing Wall Units 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 20 21- 03 20 20 00 00 Interior Fabrications 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 21- 03 20 30 00 00 Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .10 21- 03 20 30 10 00 Flooring Treatment NM NM
C 20 30 .20 21- 03 20 30 20 00 09 3013 Tile Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
Page 6 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
C 20 30 .30 21- 03 20 30 30 00 09 6536 Specialty Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .40 21- 03 20 30 40 00 Masonry Flooring NM NM
C 20 30 .45 21- 03 20 30 45 00 Wood Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .50 21- 03 20 30 50 00 09 6519 Resilient Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .60 21- 03 20 30 60 00 09 6623 Terrazzo Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .70 21- 03 20 30 70 00 Fluid-Applied Flooring NM NM
C 20 30 .75 21- 03 20 30 75 00 09 6816 Carpeting 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .80 21- 03 20 30 80 00 09 6513 Athletic Flooring (Synthetic Turf Surfacing) 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .85 21- 03 20 30 85 00 12 4816 Entrance Flooring 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 30 .90 21- 03 20 30 90 00 Flooring Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
07 9513.13 Interior Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 40 21- 03 20 40 00 00 Stair Finishes 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 40 .20 21- 03 20 40 20 00 09 3013 Tile Stair Finish 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 40 .40 21- 03 20 40 40 00 Masonry Stair Finish NM NM
C 20 40 .45 21- 03 20 40 45 00 Wood Stair Finish NM NM
C 20 40 .50 21- 03 20 40 50 00 09 6519 Resilient Stair Finish 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 40 .60 21- 03 20 40 60 00 09 6623 Terrazzo Stair Finish 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 40 .75 21- 03 20 40 75 00 09 6813 Carpeted Stair Finish 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 50 21- 03 20 50 00 00 Ceiling Finishes 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 50 .10 21- 03 20 50 10 00 09 2900 Plaster and Gypsum Board Finish 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 50 .20 21- 03 20 50 20 00 09 5113 Ceiling Paneling 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 50 .70 21- 03 20 50 70 00 Ceiling Painting and Coating NM NM
C 20 50 .80 21- 03 20 50 80 00 09 5113 Acoustic Ceiling Treatment 400 SUB 400 SUB
C 20 50 .90 21- 03 20 50 90 00 09 5433 Ceiling Finish Supplementary Components 400 SUB 400 SUB
D 21- 04 00 00 00 00 SERVICES
D 10 21- 04 10 00 00 00 Conveying 400 ELEV 500 ELEV
D 10 10 21- 04 10 10 00 00 Vertical Conveying Systems 400 ELEV 500 ELEV
D 10 10 .10 21- 04 10 10 10 00 14 2100 Elevators (Traction and Hydrolic) X 400 ELEV 500 ELEV
D 10 10 .20 21- 04 10 10 20 00 Lifts X 400 ELEV 500 ELEV
D 10 10 .30 21- 04 10 10 30 00 14 3100 Escalators X 400 ELEV 500 ELEV
D 10 10 .50 21- 04 10 10 50 00 Dumbwaiters NM NM
D 10 10 .60 21- 04 10 10 60 00 Moving Ramps NM NM
14 2100 Clearances - Hoist Ways 200 ELEV 200 ELEV
14 0000 Clearances - Elevator Machine Room Equip. 200 ELEV 200 ELEV
D 10 30 21- 04 10 30 00 00 Horizontal Conveying 400 ELEV 500 ELEV
D 10 30 .10 21- 04 10 30 10 00 Moving Walks NM NM
D 10 30 .30 21- 04 10 30 30 00 Turntables NM NM
D 10 30 .50 21- 04 10 30 50 00 34 7725 Passenger Loading Bridges X 400 PBB 500 PBB
D 10 30 .70 21- 04 10 30 70 00 People Movers NM NM
Page 7 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
D 10 50 21- 04 10 50 00 00 Material Handling 400 SUB 500 SUB
D 10 50 .10 21- 04 10 50 10 00 Cranes NM NM
D 10 50 .20 21- 04 10 50 20 00 Hoists 400 SUB 500 SUB
D 10 50 .30 21- 04 10 50 30 00 Derrecks NM NM
D 10 50 .40 21- 04 10 50 40 00 Conveyors NM NM
D 10 50 .60 21- 04 10 50 60 00 Chutes NM NM
D 10 50 .70 21- 04 10 50 70 00 Pneumatic Tube Systems NM NM
D 10 50 .50 21- 04 10 50 50 00 Baggage Handling System (BHS) X 400 BHS 500 BHS
Conveyor & All Associated components X 400 BHS 500 BHS
Overhead Conveyor Clearance 400 BHS 500 BHS
Misc. Steel Required to Support BHS 400 BHS 500 BHS
Hangers and Supports for BHS 400 BHS 500 BHS
Areas of Influence (Halos) 200 BHS 200 BHS
Conduits 400 BHS 500 BHS
Feeder Conduits (Up to J-Boxes) 400 BHS 500 BHS
Branch Conduits 400 BHS 500 BHS
Catwalk 400 BHS 500 BHS
Catwalk Overhead Clearance 200 BHS 200 BHS
Access Ladders 400 BHS 500 BHS
Clearance & Access 200 BHS 200 BHS
D 10 80 21- 04 10 80 00 00 Operable Access Systems NM NM
D 10 80 .10 21- 04 10 80 10 00 Suspended Scaffolding NM NM
D 10 80 .20 21- 04 10 80 20 00 Rope Climbers NM NM
D 10 80 .30 21- 04 10 80 30 00 Elevating Platforms NM NM
D 10 80 .40 21- 04 10 80 40 00 Powered Scaffolding NM NM
D 10 80 .50 21- 04 10 80 50 00 Building Envelope Access NM NM
D 20 21- 04 20 00 00 00 22 0500 Plumbing
D 20 10 21- 04 20 10 00 00 Domestic Water Distribution 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 10 .10 21- 04 20 10 10 00 22 3700 Facility Potable-Water Storage Tanks (Cabinet) X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 10 .20 21- 04 20 10 20 00 22 1123 Domestic Water Equipment X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 10 .40 21- 04 20 10 40 00 22 1116 Domestic Water Piping X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 10 .60 21- 04 20 10 60 00 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
22 3300 Electric Domestic Water Heaters X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
22 4700 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 10 .90 21- 04 20 10 90 00 22 1119 Domestic Water Distribution Supplementary Components X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 20 21- 04 20 20 00 00 Sanitary Drainage 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB

D 20 20 .10 21- 04 20 20 10 00 Sanitary Sewerage Equipment X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 20 .30 21- 04 20 20 30 00 22 1316 Sanitary Sewerage Piping X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 20 .90 21- 04 20 20 90 00 22 1319 Sanitary Drainage Supplementary Components X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
Page 8 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
D 20 30 21- 04 20 30 00 00 Building Support Plumbing Systems 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 30 .10 21- 04 20 30 10 00 22 1423 Stormwater Drainage Equipment X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 30 .20 21- 04 20 30 20 00 22 1413 Stormwater Drainage Piping X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 30 .30 21- 04 20 30 30 00 Facility Stormwater Drains X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 30 .60 21- 04 20 30 60 00 Gray Water Systems X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
22 1429 Sump Pumps X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
D 20 30 .90 21- 04 20 30 90 00 Building Support Plumbing System Supplementary Components X 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing 400 PLUMB 500 PLUMB

D 20 50 21- 04 20 50 00 00 General Service Compressed-Air NM NM
D 20 60 21- 04 20 60 00 00 Process Support Plumbing Systems 400 SUB 400 SUB
D 20 60 .10 21- 04 20 60 10 00 Compressed-Air Systems NM NM
D 20 60 .20 21- 04 20 60 20 00 Vacuum Systems NM NM
D 20 60 .30 21- 04 20 60 30 00 22 7000 Natural Fuel Gas Systems X 400 SUB 500 SUB
D 20 60 .40 21- 04 20 60 40 00 Chemical-Waste Systems X 400 SUB 500 SUB
D 20 60 .50 21- 04 20 60 50 00 Processed Water Systems X 400 SUB 500 SUB
D 20 60 .90 21- 04 20 60 90 00 Process Support Plumbing System Supplementary Components X 400 SUB 500 SUB
Plumbing Clearances 200 SUB 200 SUB

Plumbing Trap Clearances 200 SUB 200 SUB
Areas of Influence (Halos) 200 SUB 200 SUB
D 30 21- 04 30 00 00 00 23 0500 HVAC 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 10 21- 04 30 10 00 00 Facility Fuel Systems 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 10 .10 21- 04 30 10 10 00 23 1113 Fuel Piping (Facility Fuel-Oil Piping) 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 10 .30 21- 04 30 10 30 00 Fuel Pumps X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 10 .50 21- 04 30 10 50 00 Fuel Storage Tanks X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 20 21- 04 30 20 00 00 Heating Systems 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 20 .10 21- 04 30 20 10 00 Heat Generation X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 20 .30 21- 04 30 20 30 00 Thermal Heat Storage X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 20 .70 21- 04 30 20 70 00 Decentralized Heating Equipment X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 20 .90 21- 04 30 20 90 00 Heating System Supplementary Components X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 30 21- 04 30 30 00 00 Cooling Systems 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 30 .10 21- 04 30 30 10 00 23 7313 Central Cooling X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 30 .30 21- 04 30 30 30 00 Evaporative Air-Cooling X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 30 .40 21- 04 30 30 40 00 Thermal Cooling Storage X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 30 .70 21- 04 30 30 70 00 Decentralized Cooling X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 30 .00 21- 04 30 30 00 00 Cooling System Supplementary Components X 400 MECH 500 MECH
23 8123 Computer Room Air Conditioners X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 50 21- 04 30 50 00 00 Facility HVAC Distribution Systems 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 50 .10 21- 04 30 50 10 00 23 2113 Facility Hydronic Distribution (Hydronic Piping) X 400 MECH 500 MECH
Page 9 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
D 30 50 .30 21- 04 30 50 30 00 Facility Steam Distribution NM NM
D 30 50 .50 21- 04 30 50 50 00 HVAC Air Distribution X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 50 .90 21- 04 30 50 90 00 Facility Distribution Systems Supplementary Components X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 60 21- 04 30 60 00 00 Ventilation 400 MECH 500 MECH

D 30 60 .10 21- 04 30 60 10 00 Supply Air X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 60 .20 21- 04 30 60 20 00 Return Air X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 60 .30 21- 04 30 60 30 00 Exhaust Air X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 60 .40 21- 04 30 60 40 00 Outside Air X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 60 .60 21- 04 30 60 60 00 Air-to-Air Energy Recovery X 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 60 .70 21- 04 30 60 70 00 HVAC Air Cleaning NM NM
D 30 60 .90 21- 04 30 60 90 00 Ventilation Supplementary Components X 400 MECH 500 MECH
23 0529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equip. 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 70 21- 04 30 70 00 00 Special Purpose HVAC Systems 400 MECH 500 MECH
D 30 70 .10 21- 04 30 70 10 00 Snow Melting NM NM
23 0700.01 PCA System Insulation X 400 MECH 500 MECH
23 2123.01 PCA Hydronic Pumps X 400 MECH 500 MECH
23 5900.01 Heat Exchanges for PCA X 400 MECH 500 MECH
23 6416.01 PCA Centrifugal Water Chillers X 400 MECH 500 MECH
23 9000 PCA Units and Specialties X 400 MECH 500 MECH
HVAC Clearance Requirements 200 MECH 200 MECH
Equipment Access Clearances 200 MECH 200 MECH
VAV Clearances 200 MECH 200 MECH
Point Load Areas of Influence 200 MECH 200 MECH
D 40 21- 04 40 00 00 00 21 Fire Protection
D 40 10 21- 04 40 10 00 00 21 1313 Fire Suppression 400 FP 500 FP
D 40 10 .10 21- 04 40 10 10 00 21 1313 Water-Based Fire-Suppression X 400 FP 500 FP
D 40 10 .50 21- 04 40 10 50 00 Fire-Extinguishing X 400 FP 500 FP
D 40 10 .90 21- 04 40 10 90 00 21 1200 Fire Suppression Supplementary Components X 400 FP 500 FP
21 3113 Electric-Drive, Centrifugal Fire Pumps X 400 FP 500 FP
Hangers and Supports for Fire Protection 400 FP 500 FP
D 40 30 21- 04 40 30 00 00 Fire Protection Specialties 400 DIV10 500 DIV10
D 40 30 .10 21- 04 40 30 10 00 10 4413 Fire Protection Cabinets X 400 DIV10 500 DIV10
D 40 30 .30 21- 04 40 30 30 00 10 4416 Fire Extinguishers X 400 DIV10 500 DIV10
D 40 30 .50 21- 04 40 30 50 00 Breathing Air Replenishment Systems NM NM
D 40 30 .70 21- 04 40 30 70 00 10 4416 Fire Extinguisher Accessories X 400 DIV10 500 DIV10
Fire Protection Clearance Requirements 200 FP 200 FP
Equipment Access Clearances 200 FP 200 FP
Point Load Areas of Influence 200 FP 200 FP
D 50 21- 04 50 00 00 00 26 0501 Electrical
Page 10 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
D 50 10 21- 04 50 10 00 00 Facility Power Generation 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .10 21- 04 50 10 10 00 Packaged Generator Assemblies X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .20 21- 04 50 10 20 00 Battery Equipment X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .30 21- 04 50 10 30 00 Photovoltaic Collectors X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .40 21- 04 50 10 40 00 Fuel Cells X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .60 21- 04 50 10 60 00 26 4313 Power Filtering and Conditioning (Surge Protective Devices) X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .70 21- 04 50 10 70 00 26 3623 Transfer Switches (Automatic Transfer Switches) X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 10 .90 21- 04 50 10 90 00 Facility Power Generation Supplementary Components X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
26 3353 Static Uninterruptible Power Supply X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 20 21- 04 50 20 00 00 Electrical Service and Distribution 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 20 .10 21- 04 50 20 10 00 Electrical Service Entrance X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 20 .30 21- 04 50 20 30 00 Power Distribution X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 20 .70 21- 04 50 20 70 00 Facility Grounding 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 20 .90 21- 04 50 20 90 00 Electrical Service and Distribution Supplementary Components X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 30 21- 04 50 30 00 00 General Purpose Electrical Power 400 ELEC 500 ELEC

D 50 30 .10 21- 04 50 30 10 00 Branch Wiring System 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 30 .50 21- 04 50 30 50 00 Wiring Devices 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 30 .90 21- 04 50 30 90 00 General Purpose Electrical Power Supplementary Components X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 40 21- 04 50 40 00 00 26 5000 Lighting 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 40 .10 21- 04 50 40 10 00 Lighting Control X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 40 .20 21- 04 50 40 20 00 Branch Wiring for Lighting NM NM
D 50 40 .50 21- 04 50 40 50 00 26 5010 Lighting Fixtures X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 40 .90 21- 04 50 40 90 00 Lighting Supplementary Components X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 80 21- 04 50 80 00 00 Miscellaneous Electrical Systems 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
D 50 80 .10 21- 04 50 80 10 00 26 4113 Lightning Protection 400 ELEC 400 ELEC
D 50 80 .70 21- 04 50 80 70 00 Transient Voltage Suppression 400 ELEC 400 ELEC
26 6100 400 Hz Frequency Converters X 400 ELEC 500 ELEC
Electrical Clearance Requirements 200 ELEC 200 ELEC
Panels and Equipment Access - Above and in Front 200 ELEC 200 ELEC
Junction Box Access Clearances 200 ELEC 200 ELEC
Light Fixture Clearances 200 ELEC 200 ELEC
Point Load Areas of Influence 200 ELEC 200 ELEC
D 60 21- 04 60 00 00 00 27 05 00 Communications 400 LV 500 LV
D 60 10 21- 04 60 10 00 00 Data Communications X 400 LV 500 LV
D 60 20 21- 04 60 20 00 00 Voice Communications X 400 LV 500 LV
D 60 30 21- 04 60 30 00 00 Audio-Video Communication X 400 LV 500 LV
Page 11 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
D 60 60 21- 04 60 60 00 00 Distributed Communications and Monitoring X 400 LV 500 LV
D 60 90 21- 04 60 90 00 00 Communications Supplementary Components X 400 LV 500 LV
27 05 00 Common Work Elements for Communications X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 00 Premise Distribution Systems X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 05 Passive Optical Network X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 10 Voice Over IP Telephone System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 15 Wireless Local Area Network System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 20 Visual Docking Guidance System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 30 Automated Passport Control System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 10 40 Queue Management System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 20 00 Common Use Systems X 400 LV 500 LV
27 25 16 Integrated Airport Management System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 41 33 IP Master Antenna Television System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 42 16 Multi-User Flight Information Display System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 42 20 Electronic Dynamic Signage System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 51 13 Emergency Communication System X 400 LV 500 LV
27 53 10 Distributed Antenna System X 400 LV 500 LV
Required Equipment Clearances 200 LV 200 LV
D 70 21- 04 70 00 00 00 28 05 00 Electronic Safety and Security 400 LV 500 LV
D 70 10 21- 04 70 10 00 00 28 13 00 Access Control and Intrusion Detection (Physical Access X 400 LV 500 LV
Control System)
D 70 30 21- 04 70 30 00 00 28 23 00 Electronic Surveillance (Video Surveillence) X 400 LV 500 LV
D 70 50 21- 04 70 50 00 00 28 16 00 Detection and Alarm (Intrusion Detection System) X 400 LV 500 LV
D 70 70 21- 04 70 70 00 00 Electronic Monitoring and Control X 400 LV 500 LV
D 70 90 21- 04 70 90 00 00 Electronic Safety and Security Supplementary Components X 400 LV 500 LV
28 31 00 Addressable Fire Detection and Alarm X 400 LV 500 LV

Required Equipment Clearances 200 LV 200 LV
D 80 21- 04 80 00 00 00 Integrated Automation
D 80 10 21- 04 80 10 00 00 Integrated Automation Facility Controls 400 LV 500 LV
E 21- 05 00 00 00 00 EQUIPMENT & FURNISHINGS
E 10 21- 05 10 00 00 00 Equipment
E 10 10 21- 05 10 10 00 00 Vehicle and Pedestrian Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 10 .10 21- 05 10 10 10 00 Vehicle Servicing Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 10 .30 21- 05 10 10 30 00 Interior Parking Control Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 10 .50 21- 05 10 10 50 00 11 13 19 Loading Dock Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 10 .70 21- 05 10 10 70 00 11 14 53 Interior Pedestrian Control Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 30 21- 05 10 30 00 00 Commercial Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 30 .10 21- 05 10 30 10 00 Mercantile and Service Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 30 .20 21- 05 10 30 20 00 Vault Equipment NM NM
Page 12 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
E 10 30 .25 21- 05 10 30 25 00 Teller and Service Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .30 21- 05 10 30 30 00 Refrigerated Display Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .35 21- 05 10 30 35 00 Commercial Laundry and Dry Cleaning Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .40 21- 05 10 30 40 00 Maintenance Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .50 21- 05 10 30 50 00 Hospitality Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .55 21- 05 10 30 55 00 Unit Kitchens NM NM
E 10 30 .60 21- 05 10 30 60 00 Photographic Processing Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .70 21- 05 10 30 70 00 Postal, Packaging and Shipping Equipment NM NM
E 10 30 .75 21- 05 10 30 75 00 Office Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 30 .80 21- 05 10 30 80 00 11 40 00 Foodservice Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 40 21- 05 10 40 00 00 Institutional Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 40 .10 21- 05 10 40 10 00 Educational and Scientific Equipment NM NM
E 10 40 .20 21- 05 10 40 20 00 Healthcare Equipment NM NM
E 10 40 .40 21- 05 10 40 40 00 Religious Equipment NM NM
E 10 40 .60 21- 05 10 40 60 00 Security Equipment X 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 40 .70 21- 05 10 40 70 00 Detention Equipment NM NM
E 10 60 21- 05 10 60 00 00 Residential Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 60 .10 21- 05 10 60 10 00 Residential Appliances X 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 60 .50 21- 05 10 60 50 00 Residential Stairs NM NM
E 10 60 .70 21- 05 10 60 70 00 Residential Ceiling Fans NM NM
E 10 70 21- 05 10 70 00 00 Entertainment and Recreational Equipment
E 10 70 .10 21- 05 10 70 10 00 Theater and Stage Equipment NM NM
E 10 70 .20 21- 05 10 70 20 00 Musical Equipment NM NM
E 10 70 .50 21- 05 10 70 50 00 Athletic Equipment NM NM
E 10 70 .60 21- 05 10 70 60 00 Recreational Equipment NM NM
E 10 90 21- 05 10 90 00 00 Other Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 90 .10 21- 05 10 90 10 00 Solid Waste Handling Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 10 90 .30 21- 05 10 90 30 00 Agricultural Equipment NM NM
E 10 90 .40 21- 05 10 90 40 00 Horticultural Equipment NM NM
E 10 90 .60 21- 05 10 90 60 00 Decontamination Equipment 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 21- 05 20 00 00 00 Furnishings
E 20 10 21- 05 20 10 00 00 Fixed Furnishings 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 10 .10 21- 05 20 10 10 00 Fixed Art 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 10 .20 21- 05 20 10 20 00 Window Treatments 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 10 .30 21- 05 20 10 30 00 06 4113 Casework 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 10 .70 21- 05 20 10 70 00 Fixed Multiple Seating 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 10 .90 21- 05 20 10 90 00 Other Fixed Furnishings 400 SUB 500 SUB
12 3661.16 Solid Surfacing Countertops 400 SUB 400 SUB
12 3661.19 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 400 SUB 400 SUB
Page 13 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
E 20 50 21- 05 20 50 00 00 Movable Furnishings 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 50 .10 21- 05 20 50 10 00 Movable Art 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 50 .30 21- 05 20 50 30 00 Furniture 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 50 .40 21- 05 20 50 40 00 Accessories 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 50 .60 21- 05 20 50 60 00 Movable Multiple Seating 400 SUB 500 SUB
E 20 50 .90 21- 05 20 50 90 00 12 9300 Other Movable Furnishings (Site Furnishings) 400 SUB 500 SUB
F 21- 06 00 00 00 00 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION
F 10 21- 06 10 00 00 00 Special Construction
F 10 10 21- 06 10 10 00 00 Integrated Construction NM NM
F 10 20 21- 06 10 20 00 00 Special Structures 400 SUB 500 SUB
F 10 30 21- 06 10 30 00 00 Special Function Construction 400 SUB 500 SUB
F 10 50 21- 06 10 50 00 00 Special Facility Components X 400 SUB 500 SUB
F 10 60 21- 06 10 60 00 00 Athletic and Recreational Special Construction NM NM
F 10 80 21- 06 10 80 00 00 Special Instrumentation NM NM
F 20 21- 06 20 00 00 00 Facility Remediation
F 20 10 21- 06 20 10 00 00 Hazardous Materials Remediation NM NM
F 30 21- 06 30 00 00 00 Demolition
F 30 10 21- 06 30 10 00 00 Structure Demolition NM NM
F 30 30 21- 06 30 30 00 00 Selective Demolition NM NM
F 30 50 21- 06 30 50 00 00 Structure Moving NM NM
G 21- 07 00 00 00 00 BUILDING SITEWORK
G 10 21- 07 10 00 00 00 Site Preparation
G 10 10 21- 07 10 10 00 00 Site Clearing NM NM
G 10 20 21- 07 10 20 00 00 02 4119 Site Elements Demolition NM NM
G 10 30 21- 07 10 30 00 00 Site Element Relocations NM NM
G 10 50 21- 07 10 50 00 00 Site Remediation NM NM
G 10 70 21- 07 10 70 00 00 Site Earthwork 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 10 70 .10 21- 07 10 70 10 00 Grading 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 21- 07 20 00 00 00 Site Improvements
G 20 10 21- 07 20 10 00 00 Roadways 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 20 21- 07 20 20 00 00 Parking Lots 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 20 .10 21- 07 20 20 10 00 Parking Lot Pavement 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 20 .20 21- 07 20 20 20 00 Parking Lot Curbs and Gutters 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 20 .40 21- 07 20 20 40 00 Parking Lot Appurtenances 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 30 21- 07 20 30 00 00 Pedestrian Plazas and Walkways 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 40 21- 07 20 40 00 00 P-501 Airfields 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 50 21- 07 20 50 00 00 Athletic, Recreational, and Playfield Areas NM NM
G 20 60 21- 07 20 60 00 00 Site Development 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 20 80 21- 07 20 80 00 00 Landscaping 200 SITE 200 SITE
Page 14 of 15
Coordination
Table
# Required
G 30 21- 07 30 00 00 00 Liquid and Gas Site Utilities
G 30 10 21- 07 30 10 00 00 Water Utilities 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 10 .10 21- 07 30 10 10 00 Site Domestic Water Distribution 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 10 .30 21- 07 30 10 30 00 Site Fire Protection Water Distribution 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 20 21- 07 30 20 00 00 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 20 .20 21- 07 30 20 20 00 Sanitary Sewerage Piping 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 20 .50 21- 07 30 20 50 00 Sanitary Sewerage Structures 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 30 21- 07 30 30 00 00 D-751 Storm Drainage Utilities 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 50 21- 07 30 50 00 00 Site Energy Distribution 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 60 21- 07 30 60 00 00 33 5243 Site Fuel Distribution 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 30 90 21- 07 30 90 00 00 Liquid and Gas Site Utilities Supplementary Components 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 40 21- 07 40 00 00 00 Electrical Site Improvements
G 40 10 21- 07 40 10 00 00 L-100 Site Electric Distribution Systems 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 40 50 21- 07 40 50 00 00 26 5600 Site Lighting 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 50 21- 07 50 00 00 00 Site Communications
G 50 10 21- 07 50 10 00 00 Site Communications Systems 400 SITE 400 SITE
G 90 21- 07 90 00 00 00 Miscellaneous Site Construction
G 90 10 21- 07 90 10 00 00 Tunnels NM NM
Page 15 of 15
Attachment 4: [OIA STC Phase 1 BIMxP]
Subcontractor BIM Quality Control Plan Template
General Note:
Subcontractor shall use this template, all BIM Quality Assurance/Quality Control items (QA/QC)
items in the BIMxP and their own company information to create a BIM QA/QC Plan. This
document will discussed at the BIM Kick-off meeting and is typically due at 2nd or 3rd the Model
Coordination Meeting at the discretion of the BIM Facilitator. The Subcontractor BIM Team shall
use this template plus whatever relevant information they see necessary to spell out the means
and methods by which they plan to meet the BIM Project Execution Plan goals, the BIM
specification needs and any other contract requirements related to BIM. We are NOT asking for
a construction and material Quality Specification, this is to be specifically related to BIM
Processes. Please be brief, but complete in the content of your answers.
See Wikipedia.org = for Quality Control and Quality Assurance definitions
1.0 Table of Contents
2.0 Subcontractor BIM Team member contacts
• BIM Lead Modeler - Contact Information:

(Name)
(Contact Information)
• Field Supervisor or Manager = Responsible party to settle any BIM related field
questions or BIM planning issues.
(Name)
(Contact Information)
3.0 Technical Support Resources
• Example: Local Software reseller you will use to for technical support and
purchasing of the required software.
• Contact Information if available.
4.0 Internal BIM QA/QC for 3D Model Deliverables
• Describe how your company will meet the BIM deliverable requirements.
• Means and methods to check and validate the BIM / CAD Standard has been
met and deliverables maintain consistence quality?
• Examples: We use Revit MEP and export to the American AIA layer standard. Or
we use FabPro and export to a .DWG format with our company layer standard.
Modified: May 2017 1

5.0 BIM Schedule Quality Assurance:
• How will your BIM team track their BIM Schedule against the HP BIM Schedule
milestones?
• Means and methods description for how BIM Scheduling is used internally and
fits in with field installation and fabrication scheduling?
• Strategies for any need to catch up if behind on schedule?
6.0 Internal QA/QC for BIM Coordination between subcontractor team members prior
to posting content.
• Describe how the clash free goals / objectives are to be achieved?

• Means and methods description for how clash issues and found and resolved
both internally and with external subcontractors.
• Example: We use Navisworks Manage – Clash Detection module, group our
clashes and use Saved Viewpoints to discussed issues with other subs. Then
update the model internally with the fixes.
7.0 Internal QA/QC process between BIM Team members and field staff (Typically Field
Lead or Mgr position) to review models for constructability during the 3D modeling
process
• Describe goals / objectives around achieving 3D shop drawings that can be

readily constructed in the field without issues?
• Means and methods to insure an experienced field staff member has reviewed
the 3D shop drawing for constructability?
• How are you proactively finding and resolving issues before the get to the field?
8.0 Internal QA/QC process for field validation against the BIM deliverables
• Describe goals / objectives around achieving field installation conditions that

precisely match the 3D shop drawing model location and coordinates?
• Means and methods?
• Measuring devices, field equipment and accuracy of those devices?
• Time required and process to update the BIM model to reflect any field validation
adjustments if measuring discrepancies are found?
• How will those updates be communicated to the entire BIM team?
9.0 Internal QA/QC process for the as-built process for Record Model and close out
• Describe goals / objectives around achieving providing Record Model that

matches the final field conditions?
• Means and methods for QA/QC of the 6D non-graphical data requirements?
• Final format and delivery methods of the BIM data?
Modified: May 2017 2

STC P1 - Attachment 5
Glossary of BIM Terms
Black Text = Common Industry Terms
Blue Text = Project Specific Terms
Red Text = Hensel Phelps Terms
A-Z Acronym Term Definition
2 2D Two Dimensional The X and Y dimensions typically associated with viewing plan documents. No Z
dimension or vertical elevation is used.
3 3D Three Dimensional The X, Y, and Z dimensions used in 3D Modeling.
3 3D Authoring Models 3D Models that are the originals or master files used in creating a Design or
Subcontractor model. 3D Authoring Models are created in the authoring software
noted in the BIM PxP, like Revit, AutoCAD or other. These 3D models are owned
and maintained by their original company that authored the files.
3 3D Model Coordination A 3D Modeling process in which site and building systems are reviewed for
conflicts and constructability issues in software similar to Navisworks Manage.
Clash Detection is the module used within Navisworks Manage to find and view
clash issues. The entire process includes discovering issues, reviewing solutions,
and collaborating with all required BIM stakeholders to define proper solutions.
4 4D Four Dimensional In BIM related projects this includes both 3D modeling with the addition of Time, or
a time duration, as the Fourth Dimension.
4 4D Model Simulation A 3D Model Simulation shown over a duration of time. Typically developed in BIM
software like Navisworks Timeliner or Synchro. These simulations resemble a time
lapse photography video. The time duration may directly relate to the project
schedule, or be randomly selected duration; like a daily, weekly, or monthly
durations.
5 5D Five Dimensional In BIM related projects the Fifth Dimension is Cost.
5 5D Model Simulation Cost estimates that are based on specific milestones of a 4D Model Simulations.
These cost estimates can be partially derived from 3D model quantity information,
but are typically created using standard estimating protocols. Many times this is a
combination or both 2D and 3D take-off methods.
6 6D Six Dimensional In BIM related projects the sixth dimension is non-graphical information, or meta-
data that is directly related to 3D Model elements (or model objects). Typically this
non-graphical information is information that is relevant to assist in Facility
Management goals or project initiatives. An example would be COBie organized
non-graphical information.
A As-Built Process The process by which Subcontractors field validate the 3D Authoring Models,
confirm field installation precisely matches the 3D Authoring models, and update
any deviations in the 3D Authoring Model that represent the final conditions
fabricated and installed in the field.
A AR Augmented Reality Technology that superimposes a computer-generated image on a user's view of
the real world.
A Attibute A piece of data that describes a characteristic of an object or entity.
B BIMxP BIM Project Execution BIM PxP is an acroym for the BIM Execution Plan. The BIM Execution Plan is the
Plan document composed after the BIM Proposal that clarifies the BIM Scope and Plan
to execute that scope of work.
C Clash An unplanned overlapping conflict between two pieces of geometry in the model.
C Clash Detection A module inside Navisworks Manage software. Term not used, See 3D Model
Coordination.
C CNR Core Network Room Core Network Room
Page 1 of 4
C CMMS Computerized These are used by the managers of a facility for service requests, work orders, and
Maintenance asset management.
Management Systems
C COBie Construction-Operations is a database schema to manage information from a BIM that is essential to
Building Information support the operations, maintenance, and management of the facilities by the
Exchange owner and/or property manager. The COBie approach is to enter the data as it is
created during design, construction, and commissioning. Designers provide floor,
space, and equipment layouts. Contractors provide make, model, and serial
numbers of installed equipment. Much of the data provided by contractors comes
directly from product manufacturers who also participate in COBie.
C Collaboration Server The server location where all BIM-related day-to-day working files are stored and
easily accessed by the BIM Teams during Design or Construction BIM
Coordination.
C Consolidated Model A model consisting of combined Discipline’s models into one integrated 3D
environment usually combined by appending them in Navisworks Manage or linking
them in Revit.
C Construction BIM Team The BIM Team composed of a BIM Coordinator from each trade discipline that is
responsible for the BIM Coordination during construction and led by the
Construction BIM Facilitator.
D Design BIM Coordination Building Information Modeling and data coordination efforts during the design
phase of a project (sometimes referred to as the A/E BIM).
D Design BIM Team The BIM Team composed of a BIM Coordinator from each design discipline that is
responsible for the BIM Coordination during design and led by the Design BIM
Facilitator (sometimes referred to as the A/E BIM Team).
D DMS Document Management DMS are used to track and store electronic documents and/or scanned images of
Systems paper documents used by managers for content and revision management of
facility-related documents.
E EDMS Electronic Document EDMS are used to track and store electronic documents and/or scanned images of
Management Systems paper documents used by managers for content and revision management of
facility-related documents.
E ERP Enterprise Resource A business process management software that allows an organization to use a
Planning system of integrated applications to manage the business and automate many
back office functions related to technology, services and human resources.
F FCA Facilities Condition The process of a qualified group of trained industry professionals performing an
Assessment analysis of the condition of a group of facilities that may vary in terms of age,
design, construction methods, and materials. The industry professionals are
typically engineers of various disciplines and skilled-trade technicians. Facility-
intensive organizations such as military bases, college and universities, and city
and state governments need to develop a budget that allocates money for
maintenance and repair. The FCA data is used by Board of Directors,
Commissioners, Trustees, etc. to make informed financial decisions. Frequently
these decision makers rely upon facility or building metrics for year-to-year
comparisons. An important metric that can be generated by the FCA is the Facility
Condition Index (see Facility condition Index).
F FCI Facility Condition Index a relative indicator or benchmark of a facility’s (or a piece of equipment’s) condition
that compares maintenance, repair, and replacement deficiencies against current
replacement value. The FCI is usually expressed as a percentage and a lower the
percentage means that a facility or piece of equipment is nearing time for
replacement.
Page 2 of 4
F Field Validation The process by which Subcontractors validate and confirm that field installation
precisely matches their fully coordinated 3D Shop Drawing Models. Multiple
techniques can be used including, but not limited to: Point stakeout using a Trimble
Total Station and Point Layout 2016, laser scans, or other field to BIM solutions.
These are written and described in the Subcontractor BIM QA/QA plan.
G Generative Design the use of computers to run through millions of possible solutions for a design
problem and present the optimal ones.
G GUID Globally Unique Identifier A unique code identifying each object or space. A GUID should not be confused
with “code” in “room code,” “equipment code,” or “space code.” The GUID is
automatically assigned by the BIM Authoring Tool and persists through room name
changes and various other modifications, allowing the object or space to be tracked
throughout the entire project.
I IFC Industry Foundation Class a specification for sharing building data. IFC offers a common language for the
sharing of intelligent objects between disciplines across the building lifecycle. IFC
allows a user of 3D software to Save as or export a file such that any other 3D
software that is IFC compliant can open it and retain the intelligence built into the
file's objects.
L Layer Attribute added that allows control over the visibility of entities within CAD files.
L LiDAR Light Detection and A remote sensing technology that measures distance by illuminating a target with a
Ranging laser and analyzing the reflected light. Although thought by some to be an acronym
of Light Detection And Ranging, the term LiDAR was actually created as a
portmanteau of "light" and "radar." LiDAR is popularly used as a technology to
make high-resolution maps, with applications in contour mapping, geospatial
technology, geography, geology, archaeology, geomorphology, seismology and
forestry.
L LOD Level of Development (LOD100-LOD500) describes how far a 3D Model is along the development path
during the project life cycle. LOD100 is very basic and LOD500 highly detailed. See
the Level of Development Specification 2014 or latest version. This is an AGC and
AIA document found typically at the BIMForum website.
O OCCS OmniClass Construction a new classification system for the construction industry. OmniClass is useful for
Classification System many applications, from organizing library materials, product literature, and project
information, to providing a classification structure for electronic databases.
P Point Cloud a set of data points in a three-dimensional coordinate system, defined by X, Y, and
Z coordinates, and represents the external surface of an object. In the Building
Industry, point clouds are created by 3D laser scanners. These devices measure a
large number of points on an object's surface, and output a point cloud data file
that can be imported into a variety of 3D modeling programs. The point cloud
represents the set of points that the device has captured.
R Record Drawings The 2D drawings that represent the as-constructed building, handed over to the
Owner at the end of a building project.
R RM Record Model A fully coordinated 3D Authoring Model that has completed the sign-off process,
the As-Built process, includes any updates generated by revisions, addendums,
bulletins or other modifications from the Architect or Civil Engineer, and also
includes all 6D non-graphical information. The Record Model is transferred to the
Owner upon completion of the project, including installed conditions in the field,
within agreed-upon location tolerances. This model may be used by the Owner for
strategic down-stream usages such as building Maintenance and Operations, asset
management, or other.
S sUAS Drone An unmanned aircraft or drone used to capture three-dimensional data or aerial
photos of the project site periodically.
Page 3 of 4
V VDC Engineer A job title within Hensel Phelps that describes the employee involved with duties
that include, but are not limited to: executing the VDCOxP on a particular project.
V Lead VDC Engineer A job title within Hensel Phelps that describes the employee involved with duties
that include, but are not limited to: executing the VDCOxP on a particular project,
leading other VDC employees, and/or other VDCO projects.
V VDC Manager A job title within Hensel Phelps that describes the employee involved with duties
that include, but are not limited to: authoring and managing the VDCOxP on a
projects, managing other VDC employees, and/or managing other projects.
V Virtual Mockup A three-dimensional model usually detailing out architectural connections to mimic
planned field conditions.
V VR Virtual Reality A virtual environment facilitated by specialized goggles in order to visualize the 3D
model in a first-person setting.
W WBS Work Breakdown a hierarchical and incremental decomposition of the project into phases,
Structure deliverables and work packages in order to facilitate program controls.
W Work Order A primary capability of a CMMS system that enables a building user to
issue—typically on-line or via a dedicated phone number— a date/time stamped
complaint (problem type) for a specific room (space ID) that gets logged into the
system for response/repair by the Facilities team.
Page 4 of 4

BIM Execution Plan (PDFDrive)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BIM Execution Plan (PDFDrive)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BIM

Orlando International Airport

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Modified October 2017

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 2 of 40 Modified October 2017

Revision Date Section Change Summary

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 3 of 40 Modified October 2017

BIM Execution Plan Highlights

• Resources – An appropriate number of full-time dedicated personnel (1 to 3

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 4 of 40 Modified October 2017

For subcontractors who do not have “in-house” capability for three-dimensional

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 5 of 40 Modified October 2017

2. Project Address: 11128 Canal Road, Orlando, FL 32824

7. Project Schedule – Major Milestones:

Project Phase / Estimated Est. Completion Stakeholders Involved

Notice to Proceed June, 2017 June, 2017 All BIM Stakeholders

A/E BIM Kickoff October, 2017 October, 2017 HP, A/E

100% CDs Complete November, 2017 November, 2017 HP, A/E

Permit Issued October, 2017 December, 2017 HP

Const BIM Kickoff Mtg December, 2017 [TBD] Elec, UG Utilities

Const BIM Coord Start February, 2018 [TBD] Elec, UG Utilities

Const BIM Coord [TBD] [TBD] All

GC Site Mobilization May, 2018 [TBD] All BIM Stakeholders

GC Construction December, 2020 All

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 6 of 40 Modified October 2017

2.2: Project Contacts

Name Email Address Role Work Phone

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 7 of 40 Modified October 2017

Electrical Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Plumbing Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Fire Protection Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Low Voltage Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Horizontal/Vertical Transportation Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Structural Steel Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Civil UG Subcontractor: [Subcontractor Name]

Other Trades: [Subcontractor Name]

Name Email Address Role Work Phone

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 8 of 40 Modified October 2017

3.1: BIM Strategies

2. Strategies for BIM:

3. Strategies where BIM shall assist the Construction Team:

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 9 of 40 Modified October 2017

Priority Goal Description BIM Software

PD and SD Project Objectives for BIM

DD and CD Project Objectives for BIM

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 10 of 40 Modified October 2017

Construction Projective Objectives for BIM

Record Model Project Objectives for BIM

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 11 of 40 Modified October 2017

Legal Department Notification:

1. Conceptual Roadmap: 6-Step Plan of Work

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 12 of 40 Modified October 2017

Document Control Software:

Authoring and Collaboration Software:

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 13 of 40 Modified October 2017

Standard Version BIM Uses

2. Level of Development (LOD) Requirements

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 14 of 40 Modified October 2017

3D Model Final Issue for Field Record

Modeling Size Thresholds:

Points of Connection and Internal Model Components:

Modeling Work Scope Exceptions:

STC Phase 1 BIM Execution Plan Page 15 of 40 Modified October 2017